1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
137 \author 2090807402 "usti"
151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
153 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
157 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Note Note
179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
180 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
181 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
194 \begin_layout Standard
195 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
196 LatexCommand tableofcontents
203 \begin_layout Chapter
207 \begin_layout Section
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 LyX is a document preparation system.
213 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
214 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
215 It is unlike most other
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
223 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
225 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 pt type, left justified, 5
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
254 \begin_layout Standard
255 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
272 \begin_layout Standard
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
285 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
286 the format of all of the manuals.
287 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
288 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 \begin_layout Section
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
312 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
313 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
319 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
320 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
322 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
323 only a vertical scrollbar.
324 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
325 The first case is large images.
326 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
333 LaTeX and LyX options
336 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
338 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
339 this doesn't work for equations yet.
342 \begin_layout Standard
343 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
351 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
358 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
364 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
365 Just select the manual you want to read from the
372 \begin_layout Section
374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
376 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
383 \begin_layout Standard
384 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
386 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
400 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
401 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
403 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
404 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
409 \begin_inset space \space{}
412 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
413 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
419 \begin_inset Index idx
422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
423 Reconfiguration of LyX
428 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
431 \begin_layout Section
433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
435 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
444 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
446 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
447 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
451 \begin_layout Standard
452 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
454 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
455 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
458 \begin_layout Standard
459 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
460 you can view from the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
482 reconfigure LyX (menu
484 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
488 \begin_inset Note Note
491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
492 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
500 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
501 More about TeX Code is described in section
506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
508 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
512 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
519 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
529 \begin_inset Index idx
532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 Reconfiguration of LyX
538 See section 5.1 of the
542 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
545 \begin_layout Chapter
549 \begin_layout Section
550 Basic File Operations
551 \begin_inset Index idx
554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
563 \begin_layout Standard
568 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
569 in addition to some more advanced operations:
572 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_layout Itemize
632 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 arg "dialog-show print"
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
777 \begin_layout Standard
798 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
828 will reload the document from disk.
829 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
830 and want to restore it to the last save.
839 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
840 them as your changes.
843 \begin_layout Section
844 Basic Editing Features
845 \begin_inset Index idx
848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
857 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
864 \begin_layout Standard
865 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
866 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
867 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
868 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
870 We will start with cut and paste.
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 As you might expect, the
878 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
879 various other editing features.
880 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
884 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_layout Itemize
962 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you have selected,
971 it is automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also function as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
987 You will have to do an
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1200 LyX offers also an advanced
1203 \begin_inset space ~
1207 \begin_inset space ~
1212 feature that is described in sec.
1213 \begin_inset space ~
1217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1219 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1226 \begin_layout Standard
1227 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1228 \begin_inset space \space{}
1232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1240 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1242 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1247 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1254 \begin_layout Standard
1255 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1258 arg "inset-select-all"
1264 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1267 selects the whole document.
1270 \begin_layout Section
1272 \begin_inset Index idx
1275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1282 \begin_inset Index idx
1285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1294 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1301 \begin_layout Standard
1302 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1303 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1306 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1309 or the toolbar button
1315 to undo some mistake.
1316 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1318 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1321 or the toolbar button
1328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1335 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1339 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1342 \begin_layout Standard
1343 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1352 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1353 This is a consequence of the 100
1354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1357 step undo limit, above.
1360 \begin_layout Standard
1369 work on almost everything in LyX.
1370 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1374 \begin_layout Section
1376 \begin_inset Index idx
1379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1389 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1392 \begin_layout Enumerate
1397 \begin_layout Itemize
1402 once anywhere in the edit window.
1403 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1407 \begin_layout Enumerate
1412 \begin_layout Itemize
1418 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1421 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1424 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1427 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1430 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1437 \begin_layout Enumerate
1438 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1442 \begin_layout Standard
1443 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1444 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1448 \begin_layout Section
1450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1452 name "sec:Navigating"
1457 \begin_inset Index idx
1460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1469 \begin_layout Standard
1470 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1478 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1479 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1482 \begin_layout Itemize
1483 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1485 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 or by the toolbar button
1491 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1497 \begin_layout Itemize
1498 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1500 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1503 and use the same menu to return to them.
1504 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1507 \begin_layout Standard
1511 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1516 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1517 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1520 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1521 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1522 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1523 your last editing position.
1526 \begin_layout Subsection
1530 \begin_layout Standard
1531 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1532 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1533 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1541 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1545 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1552 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1557 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1561 \begin_layout Standard
1562 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1563 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1564 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1565 dialog and to modify the citation.
1566 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1570 \begin_layout Standard
1571 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1573 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1574 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1582 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1585 \begin_layout Standard
1586 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1587 you further to control the display.
1592 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1593 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1599 option keeps it in the current view state.
1600 Keeping means that when you have e.
1601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1605 \begin_inset space \space{}
1608 the subsections of section
1609 \begin_inset space ~
1612 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1613 \begin_inset space ~
1616 3, the subsections of section
1617 \begin_inset space ~
1620 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1625 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1630 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1640 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1643 \begin_layout Standard
1645 \begin_inset space ~
1649 \begin_inset Graphics
1650 filename ../images/reload.png
1655 \begin_inset space ~
1658 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1659 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1662 \begin_inset space \space{}
1666 \begin_inset Graphics
1667 filename ../images/down.png
1669 groupId toolbarbuttons
1674 \begin_inset space ~
1678 \begin_inset space \space{}
1682 \begin_inset Graphics
1683 filename ../images/up.png
1685 groupId toolbarbuttons
1690 \begin_inset space ~
1693 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1694 So, for example, you can move section
1695 \begin_inset space ~
1699 \begin_inset space ~
1702 2.4 or after section
1703 \begin_inset space ~
1707 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1709 \begin_inset Graphics
1710 filename ../images/promote.png
1712 groupId toolbarbuttons
1717 \begin_inset Graphics
1718 filename ../images/demote.png
1720 groupId toolbarbuttons
1724 (or the corresponding key bindings
1732 ) you can change the level of sections.
1733 So you can for example make section
1734 \begin_inset space ~
1738 \begin_inset space ~
1742 \begin_inset space ~
1748 \begin_layout Section
1749 Input / Word Completion
1750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1752 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_inset Index idx
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1804 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1805 is used to propose completions.
1808 \begin_layout Standard
1809 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1811 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1816 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1823 \begin_inset space ~
1827 \begin_inset space ~
1832 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1841 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1842 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1846 \begin_inset space ~
1852 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1853 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1857 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1858 are completions available.
1863 key to accept a proposed completion.
1864 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1865 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1866 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1873 \begin_layout Standard
1874 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1875 ing options for text.
1876 The special math option
1880 enables that characters can be composed.
1881 If you for example want to insert the character
1882 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1885 , you can then input the characters
1886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 to a formula to get it.
1898 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1899 of the math toolbar.
1900 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1904 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1905 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1914 \begin_layout Section
1916 \begin_inset Index idx
1919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1926 \begin_inset Index idx
1929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1958 \begin_inset Index idx
1961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1992 \begin_layout Standard
1993 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
2006 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
2008 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2014 \begin_layout Standard
2018 \begin_inset space ~
2026 \begin_inset space ~
2047 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2051 \begin_layout Labeling
2052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2056 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2057 LatexCommand nomenclature
2059 description "Tabulator key"
2065 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2066 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2067 \begin_inset space ~
2071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2073 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2080 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2084 , especially section
2085 \begin_inset space ~
2089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2091 reference "sub:Lists"
2097 If you're still confused, look in the
2102 \begin_inset Newline newline
2105 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2108 \begin_layout Labeling
2109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2113 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2114 LatexCommand nomenclature
2116 description "Escape key"
2123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2130 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2131 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2134 \begin_layout Labeling
2135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2141 \begin_inset space ~
2145 \begin_inset space ~
2152 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2153 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2157 \begin_layout Standard
2158 There are three modifier keys:
2161 \begin_layout Labeling
2162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2180 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2181 LatexCommand nomenclature
2183 description "Control key"
2187 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2188 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2192 \begin_layout Itemize
2201 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2204 \begin_layout Itemize
2213 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2216 \begin_layout Itemize
2225 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2229 \begin_layout Labeling
2230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2248 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2249 LatexCommand nomenclature
2251 description "Shift key"
2255 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2256 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2259 \begin_layout Labeling
2260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2278 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2279 LatexCommand nomenclature
2281 description "Alt or Meta key"
2285 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2286 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2287 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2293 \begin_inset Newline newline
2296 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2298 menu accelerator keys
2301 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2302 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2306 \begin_layout Standard
2307 For example, the sequence
2308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2314 \begin_inset space ~
2318 \begin_inset space ~
2324 \begin_inset space ~
2332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2351 \begin_inset space ~
2357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2367 \begin_layout Standard
2372 manual lists all other things bound to the
2380 \begin_layout Standard
2381 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2382 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2383 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2384 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2385 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2386 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2387 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2389 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2405 followed by a capital
2412 \begin_layout Standard
2413 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2420 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2423 as explained in sec.
2424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2430 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2437 \begin_layout Chapter
2439 \begin_inset Index idx
2442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2451 \begin_layout Section
2453 \begin_inset Index idx
2456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2465 \begin_layout Subsection
2469 \begin_layout Standard
2470 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2471 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2472 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2473 numbering schemes, and so on.
2474 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2475 and format the title of your document differently.
2478 \begin_layout Standard
2483 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2484 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2485 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2486 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2487 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2490 \begin_layout Standard
2491 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2492 how to adjust their properties.
2495 \begin_layout Subsection
2497 \begin_inset Index idx
2500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2509 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2516 \begin_layout Standard
2517 You can select a class using the
2519 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2520 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2524 \begin_inset Index idx
2527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2534 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2538 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2542 \begin_layout Standard
2543 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2547 \begin_layout Description
2548 Article for basic articles
2551 \begin_layout Description
2552 Report for basic reports
2555 \begin_layout Description
2556 Book for writing a book
2559 \begin_layout Description
2560 Letter for US-style letters
2563 \begin_layout Standard
2564 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2565 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2566 will include many of these.
2567 Here are some of the classes.
2568 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2570 Special Document Classes
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2588 \begin_layout Description
2589 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2593 \begin_layout Description
2594 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2595 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2596 There are three article layouts available.
2597 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2598 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2599 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2600 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2605 sequential numbering
2606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2609 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2610 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2611 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2612 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2615 \begin_layout Description
2616 Beamer Layout for presentations
2619 \begin_layout Description
2620 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2621 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2625 \begin_layout Description
2626 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2629 \begin_layout Description
2631 \begin_inset space ~
2634 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2637 \begin_layout Description
2638 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 Foils Used to make transparencies
2645 \begin_layout Description
2646 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2647 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2651 \begin_layout Description
2652 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2653 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2656 \begin_layout Description
2657 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2660 \begin_layout Description
2661 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2664 \begin_layout Description
2665 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2666 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2667 (Is used by this document.)
2670 \begin_layout Description
2671 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2674 \begin_layout Description
2675 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2678 \begin_layout Description
2683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2690 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2691 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2693 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2696 \begin_layout Description
2697 Slides Used to make transparencies
2700 \begin_layout Description
2702 \begin_inset space ~
2705 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2706 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2709 \begin_layout Description
2710 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2713 \begin_layout Standard
2714 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2716 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2722 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2723 of the document classes.
2726 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2730 \begin_layout Standard
2731 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2733 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2734 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2736 \begin_inset Index idx
2739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2756 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2757 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2759 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2762 \begin_layout Standard
2764 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2765 and some of them, like
2769 , are highly specialized.
2770 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2771 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2773 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2774 by some document class.
2775 There are just too many of them.
2776 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2779 \begin_layout Standard
2780 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2788 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2789 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2790 document class for a new file.
2791 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2796 Installing new LaTeX files
2797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2804 manual for information on how to install them.
2805 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2811 \begin_layout Standard
2812 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2813 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2815 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2816 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2817 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2819 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2822 \begin_inset space ~
2829 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2841 \begin_inset Index idx
2844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2855 chosen document class.
2856 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2857 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2868 \begin_inset Index idx
2871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2878 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2882 \begin_layout Standard
2883 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2884 always installed by default.
2885 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2886 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2887 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2888 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2889 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2890 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2891 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2894 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2898 \begin_inset Index idx
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2902 Reconfiguration of LyX
2908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2911 Installing new LaTeX files
2912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2919 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2922 \begin_layout Standard
2923 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2931 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2932 LyX will advise you about these things.
2940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2944 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2949 \begin_inset Index idx
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 Document ! Local Layout
2961 \begin_layout Standard
2962 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2963 used in a variety of different documents.
2964 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2965 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2966 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2967 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2968 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2969 What you want is LyX's
2970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2986 manual for information on how to use it.
2989 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2993 \begin_layout Standard
2994 Each class has a default set of options.
2995 Here's a quick table describing them:
2998 \begin_layout Standard
2999 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3005 \begin_layout Standard
3007 \begin_inset Tabular
3008 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3009 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3468 \begin_layout Standard
3469 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3475 \begin_layout Standard
3476 You're probably also wondering what
3477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3481 \begin_inset space ~
3485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3489 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3490 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3495 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3500 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3510 headings, there are also
3518 headings, and so on.
3519 We will describe these headings fully in section
3520 \begin_inset space ~
3524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3526 reference "sub:Headings"
3533 \begin_layout Subsection
3535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3537 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3542 \begin_inset Index idx
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 \begin_inset Index idx
3557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3566 \begin_layout Standard
3567 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3569 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3576 \begin_inset space ~
3584 \begin_inset space ~
3589 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3591 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3592 to use for your document.
3593 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3597 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3610 \begin_inset space ~
3615 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3616 You can choose between the following five options:
3619 \begin_layout Labeling
3620 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3625 Use default page style of current class.
3628 \begin_layout Labeling
3629 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3634 No page numbers or headings.
3637 \begin_layout Labeling
3638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3646 \begin_layout Labeling
3647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3652 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3653 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3654 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3657 \begin_layout Labeling
3658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3663 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3664 have the LaTeX-package
3669 \begin_inset Index idx
3672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3673 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3679 How they are defined is explained in section
3680 \begin_inset space ~
3684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3686 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3694 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3695 \begin_inset space ~
3699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3701 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3708 \begin_layout Subsection
3709 Paper Size and Orientation
3710 \begin_inset Index idx
3713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3714 Document ! Paper size
3720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3722 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3729 \begin_layout Standard
3730 You can find the following options in the menu
3733 \begin_inset space ~
3740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3746 \begin_inset Index idx
3749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3758 \begin_layout Labeling
3759 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3763 \begin_inset space ~
3768 What size paper to print on.
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3779 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3791 \begin_layout Itemize
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3800 US letter, US legal, US executive
3803 \begin_layout Itemize
3809 \begin_layout Itemize
3816 \begin_layout Labeling
3817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3822 To choose whether to output as
3833 \begin_layout Labeling
3834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3838 \begin_inset space ~
3843 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3844 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3847 \begin_layout Subsection
3849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3856 \begin_inset Index idx
3859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3866 \begin_inset Index idx
3869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 Paper margins are set in the menu
3881 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3885 \begin_inset Index idx
3888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3899 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3900 the paper format and the font size into account.
3903 \begin_layout Subsection
3907 \begin_layout Standard
3908 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3913 That includes the paragraph environments.
3914 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3915 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3916 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3917 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3926 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3928 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3929 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3930 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3933 \begin_layout Section
3934 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3935 \begin_inset Index idx
3938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3939 Paragraph ! Indentation
3947 \begin_layout Subsection
3949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3951 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3958 \begin_layout Standard
3959 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3960 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3963 \begin_layout Standard
3964 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3965 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3966 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3967 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3971 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3977 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3978 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3979 language than English.
3980 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3985 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3987 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3988 LyX takes care of that.
3989 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3991 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3992 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3993 of a page, and so on.
3997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3998 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4003 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4004 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4008 of these pre-coded spacings.
4009 We will explain more later.
4012 \begin_layout Subsection
4013 Paragraph Separation
4014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4016 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4021 \begin_inset Index idx
4024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4025 Paragraph ! Separation
4033 \begin_layout Standard
4034 To separate paragraphs, select
4045 \begin_inset space ~
4052 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4056 \begin_inset Index idx
4059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4065 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4068 \begin_layout Subsection
4072 \begin_layout Standard
4073 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4078 \begin_inset space ~
4083 dialog and toggle the
4086 \begin_inset space ~
4091 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4094 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4098 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4099 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4103 \begin_layout Standard
4104 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4105 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4108 \begin_layout Subsection
4110 \begin_inset Index idx
4113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4114 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4129 \begin_inset Index idx
4132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4141 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4144 \begin_inset space ~
4153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4154 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4159 \begin_inset Index idx
4162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4163 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4168 installed to use this feature.
4176 \begin_layout Section
4177 Paragraph Environments
4178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4180 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4185 \begin_inset Index idx
4188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4189 Paragraph ! Environments
4195 \begin_inset Index idx
4198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4199 Paragraph environments|(
4207 \begin_layout Subsection
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4215 \begin_layout Standard
4234 \begin_inset Newline newline
4237 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4238 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4239 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4248 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4251 \begin_layout Standard
4252 A paragraph environment is simply a
4253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4260 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4261 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4262 scheme, labels, and so on.
4263 Additionally, you can
4264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4271 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4272 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4273 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4274 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4275 days of typewriters.
4276 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4278 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4281 \begin_layout Standard
4282 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4283 \begin_inset Graphics
4284 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4290 at the left end of the toolbar.
4291 LyX will change the environment of the
4295 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4296 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4297 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4301 \begin_layout Standard
4310 create a new paragraph using the
4314 paragraph environment.
4316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4323 because if you are in one of these environments:
4326 \begin_layout Itemize
4332 \begin_layout Itemize
4338 \begin_layout Itemize
4344 \begin_layout Itemize
4350 \begin_layout Itemize
4356 \begin_layout Itemize
4362 \begin_layout Itemize
4368 \begin_layout Standard
4369 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4373 , rather than resetting it to
4378 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4379 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4380 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4381 \begin_inset space ~
4385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4387 reference "sec:Nesting"
4392 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4397 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4398 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4402 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4408 \begin_layout Subsection
4412 \begin_layout Standard
4413 The default paragraph environment is
4418 It creates a plain paragraph.
4419 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4420 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4421 this manual) are in the
4428 \begin_layout Standard
4429 You can nest a paragraph using the
4433 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4441 \begin_layout Subsection
4443 \begin_inset Index idx
4446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4455 \begin_layout Standard
4456 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4465 for thanks or contact information.
4466 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4467 page along with today's date.
4468 For other types of documents, the title
4469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4476 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4480 \begin_layout Standard
4481 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4495 Here's how you use them:
4498 \begin_layout Itemize
4499 Put the title of your document in the
4506 \begin_layout Itemize
4507 Put the author name in the
4514 \begin_layout Itemize
4515 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4516 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4522 Note that using this environment is optional.
4523 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4524 If you don't want any date, add the line
4525 \begin_inset Newline newline
4535 \begin_inset Newline newline
4538 to the preamble of your document (menu
4540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4546 \begin_layout Standard
4547 You can use footnotes to insert
4548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4555 or contact information.
4558 \begin_layout Subsection
4560 \begin_inset Index idx
4563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4581 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4584 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4586 \begin_inset Index idx
4589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4590 Section headings ! Numbered
4598 \begin_layout Standard
4599 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4603 \begin_layout Enumerate
4609 \begin_layout Enumerate
4615 \begin_layout Enumerate
4621 \begin_layout Enumerate
4627 \begin_layout Enumerate
4633 \begin_layout Enumerate
4639 \begin_layout Enumerate
4645 \begin_layout Standard
4646 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4647 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4648 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4651 \begin_layout Standard
4652 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4653 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4654 You group the book into chapters.
4655 LyX does similar grouping:
4658 \begin_layout Itemize
4663 is divided into either
4674 \begin_layout Itemize
4686 \begin_layout Itemize
4698 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 \begin_layout Itemize
4722 \begin_layout Itemize
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4743 Not all document types use the
4747 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4752 is the top-level heading.
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4765 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4766 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4768 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4782 \begin_inset Index idx
4785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4786 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4794 \begin_layout Standard
4795 The unnumbered section headings have a
4796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4803 at the end of their name.
4804 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4805 the table of contents, see section
4806 \begin_inset space ~
4810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4820 Changing the Numbering
4821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4823 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4830 \begin_layout Standard
4831 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4832 in the Table of Contents.
4833 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4835 Certain classes start with
4849 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4859 This is something you can change.
4862 \begin_layout Standard
4865 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4869 \begin_inset Index idx
4872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4881 \begin_inset space ~
4885 \begin_inset space ~
4890 you will see two counters.
4895 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4897 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4902 Short Titles of Headings
4903 \begin_inset Index idx
4906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4907 Section headings ! Short titles
4913 \begin_inset Argument
4916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4925 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4932 \begin_layout Standard
4933 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4934 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4935 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4936 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4939 \begin_layout Standard
4940 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4941 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4942 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4943 To specify a short title, use the menu
4945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4947 \begin_inset space ~
4953 This will insert a box labeled
4954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4969 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4970 This also works for captions inside floats.
4973 \begin_layout Standard
4974 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4977 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4981 \begin_layout Standard
4982 The following information applies to all section headings:
4985 \begin_layout Itemize
4986 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4989 \begin_layout Itemize
4990 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4993 \begin_layout Itemize
4994 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4997 \begin_layout Itemize
4998 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5001 \begin_layout Subsection
5002 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5005 \begin_layout Standard
5006 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5020 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5021 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5022 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5023 the text they contain.
5024 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5032 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5035 \begin_layout Standard
5036 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5045 when you start a new paragraph.
5046 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5050 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5051 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5052 have to change back to the
5056 environment yourself.
5065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5072 \begin_inset Index idx
5075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5084 \begin_layout Standard
5085 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5086 time for the differences.
5095 are identical except for one difference:
5099 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5108 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5111 \begin_layout Standard
5112 Here's an example of the
5125 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5127 See – no indentation!
5131 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5132 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5133 the other paragraph.
5136 \begin_layout Standard
5137 Here's another example, this time in the
5144 \begin_layout Quotation
5150 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5151 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5152 the first line, then
5156 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5160 you were quoting other text.
5163 \begin_layout Quotation
5164 Here's a new paragraph.
5165 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5166 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5169 \begin_layout Standard
5170 As the examples show,
5174 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5175 They should put quotes in the
5180 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5184 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5187 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5193 \begin_inset Index idx
5196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5205 \begin_inset Index idx
5208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5224 \begin_layout Standard
5229 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5235 \begin_inset Newline newline
5238 Which I did not rehearse!
5242 It could be much worse.
5243 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5245 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5246 indented a bit more than the first.
5247 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5253 \begin_inset Newline newline
5256 And make things look fine
5257 \begin_inset Newline newline
5263 arg "newline-insert newline"
5269 \begin_layout Standard
5274 does not indent both margins.
5275 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5276 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5283 arg "newline-insert newline"
5289 \begin_layout Subsection
5291 \begin_inset Index idx
5294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5311 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5321 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5330 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5331 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5332 describing some general features of all four of them.
5335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5339 \begin_layout Standard
5340 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5342 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5351 reset the environment to
5355 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5356 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5357 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5361 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5364 to break paragraphs.
5367 \begin_layout Standard
5368 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5369 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5371 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5372 you read all of section
5373 \begin_inset space ~
5377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5379 reference "sec:Nesting"
5387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5393 \begin_inset Index idx
5396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5412 \begin_layout Standard
5413 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5417 paragraph environment.
5418 It has the following properties:
5421 \begin_layout Itemize
5422 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5426 \begin_layout Itemize
5427 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5430 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5435 \begin_layout Itemize
5436 The items can have any length.
5437 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5438 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5445 \begin_layout Itemize
5450 environment inside another
5454 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5458 \begin_layout Itemize
5459 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5462 \begin_layout Itemize
5463 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5466 \begin_layout Itemize
5468 \begin_inset space ~
5472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5474 reference "sec:Nesting"
5478 for a full explanation of nesting.
5482 \begin_layout Standard
5483 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5492 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5495 \begin_layout Standard
5496 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5497 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 The label for the first level
5505 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5509 \begin_layout Itemize
5510 The label for the second level is a dash.
5514 \begin_layout Itemize
5515 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5519 \begin_layout Itemize
5520 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5524 \begin_layout Itemize
5525 Back out to the third level.
5529 \begin_layout Itemize
5530 Back to the second level.
5534 \begin_layout Itemize
5535 Back to the outermost level.
5538 \begin_layout Standard
5539 These are the default labels for an
5544 You can customize these labels in the
5546 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5549 dialog in the submenu
5556 \begin_inset Index idx
5559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5568 \begin_layout Standard
5569 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5570 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5572 \begin_inset space ~
5576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5578 reference "sec:Nesting"
5585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5591 \begin_inset Index idx
5594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5603 name "sec:Enumerate"
5610 \begin_layout Standard
5615 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5616 It has these properties:
5619 \begin_layout Enumerate
5620 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5624 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5629 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5633 \begin_layout Enumerate
5638 environment resets the counter to one.
5641 \begin_layout Enumerate
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5656 Items can have any length.
5659 \begin_layout Enumerate
5660 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5663 \begin_layout Enumerate
5664 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5667 \begin_layout Enumerate
5668 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5672 \begin_layout Standard
5681 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5682 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5689 \begin_layout Enumerate
5690 The first level of an
5694 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5698 \begin_layout Enumerate
5699 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5703 \begin_layout Enumerate
5704 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5708 \begin_layout Enumerate
5709 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5712 \begin_layout Enumerate
5713 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5718 \begin_layout Enumerate
5719 Back to the third level
5723 \begin_layout Enumerate
5724 Back to the second level.
5728 \begin_layout Enumerate
5729 Back to the outermost level.
5732 \begin_layout Standard
5733 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5738 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5743 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5747 \begin_layout Standard
5748 There is more to nesting
5752 environments than we've stated here.
5753 You should read section
5754 \begin_inset space ~
5758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5760 reference "sec:Nesting"
5764 to learn more about nesting.
5767 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5773 \begin_inset Index idx
5776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5785 \begin_layout Standard
5786 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5790 list has no fixed label.
5791 Instead, LyX uses the first
5792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5799 of the first line as the label.
5803 \begin_layout Description
5804 Example: This is an example of the
5811 \begin_layout Standard
5812 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5816 \begin_layout Standard
5818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5825 it is meant that the first hit of the
5829 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5831 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5839 arg "space-insert protected"
5844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5845 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5847 \begin_inset space ~
5853 \begin_inset space ~
5857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5859 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5863 for more info.) Here is an example:
5866 \begin_layout Description
5868 \begin_inset space ~
5871 Example: This one shows how to use a
5874 \begin_inset space ~
5886 \begin_layout Description
5887 Usage: You should use the
5891 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5892 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5894 It's not a good idea to use a
5898 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5899 You're better off using
5911 paragraphs into them.
5914 \begin_layout Description
5915 Nesting: You can nest
5919 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5925 them from the first line.
5928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5934 \begin_inset Index idx
5937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5946 \begin_layout Standard
5951 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5954 \begin_layout Standard
5955 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5963 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5968 environment is named
5980 \begin_layout Standard
5989 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5990 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5993 \begin_layout Labeling
5994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5996 \begin_inset space ~
5999 labels LyX uses the first
6000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6007 of each line as the item label.
6012 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6013 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6014 blank as described above.
6017 \begin_layout Labeling
6018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6019 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6020 the body of the item text.
6021 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6022 label width plus a little extra space.
6026 \begin_layout Labeling
6027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6029 \begin_inset space ~
6032 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6034 If the label width is larger, the label
6035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6042 into the first line.
6043 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6044 margin of the rest of the item text.
6047 \begin_layout Labeling
6048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6050 \begin_inset space ~
6053 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6058 environment has the same left margin.
6059 \begin_inset Newline newline
6062 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6065 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6067 \begin_inset space ~
6076 \begin_inset space ~
6081 determines the default label width.
6082 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6091 multiple times instead.
6092 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6101 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6104 \begin_inset space ~
6109 every time you alter a label in a
6114 \begin_inset Newline newline
6117 The predefined default width is the length of
6118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6126 \begin_inset space ~
6131 \begin_inset Newline newline
6135 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6143 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6144 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6152 \begin_layout Standard
6157 environment the same way as the
6161 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6167 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6171 \begin_layout Standard
6176 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6178 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6180 \begin_inset space ~
6184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6186 reference "sec:Nesting"
6190 to learn about nesting.
6193 \begin_layout Standard
6194 There is yet another feature of the
6198 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6200 You can use additional
6204 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6209 are documented in section
6210 \begin_inset space ~
6214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6216 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6221 Here are some examples:
6224 \begin_layout Labeling
6225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6226 Left The default for
6233 \begin_layout Labeling
6234 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6235 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6242 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6245 \begin_layout Labeling
6246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6247 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6251 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6258 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6261 \begin_layout Subsection
6263 \begin_inset Index idx
6266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6279 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6281 in the document settings.
6282 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6287 \begin_inset Index idx
6290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6291 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6299 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6300 Custom Enumerate Lists
6301 \begin_inset Index idx
6304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6305 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6315 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6321 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6322 There you add the command
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6334 in TeX Code (shortcut
6344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6345 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6346 \begin_inset space ~
6350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6352 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6365 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6372 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6373 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6386 For Arabic numerals use
6394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6401 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6416 \begin_layout Standard
6418 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6426 You can only number 26
6427 \begin_inset space ~
6430 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6438 \begin_layout Standard
6439 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6440 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6443 \begin_layout Standard
6444 As example a list with custom numbering:
6447 \begin_layout Enumerate
6448 \begin_inset Argument
6451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6478 \begin_inset Argument
6481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6504 \begin_layout Enumerate
6509 \begin_layout Enumerate
6510 \begin_inset Argument
6513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6537 \begin_layout Enumerate
6538 \begin_inset Argument
6541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6567 \begin_layout Standard
6568 For this list these commands were used:
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6582 \begin_inset Newline newline
6590 \begin_inset Newline newline
6598 \begin_inset Newline newline
6608 \begin_layout Standard
6615 makes the label emphasized and
6624 \begin_layout Standard
6625 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6633 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6634 lists until you change the definition.
6642 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6644 \begin_inset Index idx
6647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6648 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6656 \begin_layout Standard
6657 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6660 \begin_layout Enumerate
6661 \begin_inset Argument
6664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6683 \begin_inset Note Note
6686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6687 goes back to default numbering
6695 \begin_layout Enumerate
6699 \begin_layout Standard
6703 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6707 \begin_layout Standard
6708 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6713 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6714 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6717 \begin_layout Standard
6718 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6726 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6734 \begin_layout Standard
6735 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6737 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6738 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6739 of a normal enumeration.
6740 There, insert the command
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6749 \begin_layout Standard
6754 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6758 \begin_layout Enumerate
6762 \begin_layout Enumerate
6766 \begin_layout Standard
6767 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6770 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 \begin_inset Argument
6774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6790 This enumeration starts at 4
6793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6795 \begin_inset Index idx
6798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 \begin_layout Standard
6808 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6810 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6813 \begin_layout Itemize
6817 \begin_layout Itemize
6818 with standard spacing
6821 \begin_layout Standard
6822 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6824 Add there the command
6828 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6831 \begin_layout Itemize
6832 \begin_inset Argument
6835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6854 \begin_layout Itemize
6858 \begin_layout Itemize
6862 \begin_layout Standard
6863 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6869 \begin_inset Index idx
6872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6873 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6879 For more info see its documentation,
6880 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6889 \begin_layout Standard
6890 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6892 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6893 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6894 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6897 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6900 \begin_layout Enumerate
6901 \begin_inset Argument
6904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6912 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6925 \begin_layout Enumerate
6926 with negative indentation
6929 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6930 Further Customization
6931 \begin_inset Index idx
6934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6935 Lists ! Customization
6943 \begin_layout Standard
6944 You can also change the style of description lists.
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6954 \begin_layout Standard
6955 changes the description label font, the command
6958 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_layout Standard
6965 sets the list style.
6968 \begin_layout Standard
6969 An example where the command
6972 \begin_layout Standard
6977 itshape, style=nextline
6980 \begin_layout Standard
6984 \begin_layout Description
6986 \begin_inset space ~
6990 \begin_inset Argument
6993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6999 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
7001 itshape, style=nextline
7011 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7012 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7016 \begin_layout Description
7018 \begin_inset space ~
7021 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7022 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7023 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7026 \begin_layout Standard
7027 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7033 \begin_inset Index idx
7036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7037 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7043 For more info see its documentation,
7044 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7053 \begin_layout Subsection
7055 \begin_inset Index idx
7058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7067 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7075 \begin_inset space ~
7083 \begin_layout Standard
7084 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7092 \begin_inset space ~
7098 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7099 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7100 In contrast, you can use the
7107 \begin_inset space ~
7112 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7113 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7117 \begin_layout Standard
7118 Of course, you're not limited to using
7125 \begin_inset space ~
7134 \begin_inset space ~
7139 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7140 some European academic papers.
7143 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7147 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7154 \begin_layout Standard
7159 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7160 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7164 \begin_inset space ~
7169 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7170 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7171 Here's an example of each:
7174 \begin_layout Right Address
7176 \begin_inset Newline newline
7180 \begin_inset Newline newline
7184 \begin_inset Newline newline
7187 When is it? What is today?
7190 \begin_layout Standard
7194 \begin_inset space ~
7200 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7201 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7202 Here's an example of the
7209 \begin_layout Address
7211 \begin_inset Newline newline
7214 Where do I send this
7215 \begin_inset Newline newline
7218 Your post office and country
7221 \begin_layout Standard
7222 As you can see, both
7229 \begin_inset space ~
7234 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7239 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7245 This makes sense, since
7253 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7254 Thus, you have to use
7261 arg "newline-insert newline"
7267 \begin_inset space ~
7270 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7272 \begin_inset space ~
7281 menu) to start a new line in an
7288 \begin_inset space ~
7296 \begin_layout Subsection
7300 \begin_layout Standard
7301 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7302 or list of references.
7303 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7310 \begin_inset Index idx
7313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7322 \begin_layout Standard
7327 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7328 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7329 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7330 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7334 in anything else or vice versa.
7340 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7341 The book document classes ignores the
7345 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7349 in a letter document class.
7352 \begin_layout Standard
7357 environment does several things for you.
7358 First, it puts the centered label
7359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7367 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7369 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7370 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7371 the subsequent text.
7372 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7373 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7376 \begin_layout Standard
7377 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7381 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7382 The new paragraph will still be in the
7387 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7388 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7391 \begin_layout Standard
7392 \begin_inset Float figure
7397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7399 \begin_inset Graphics
7400 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7408 \begin_inset Caption
7410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7413 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7434 \begin_layout Standard
7435 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7439 environment, but since this document is in the
7440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7447 class, we can't do this.
7448 We inserted it therefore as figure
7449 \begin_inset space ~
7453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7455 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7460 If you've never heard of an
7461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7468 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7477 \begin_inset Index idx
7480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7489 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7496 \begin_layout Standard
7501 environment is used to list references.
7502 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7503 only use it at the end of the document.
7508 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7511 \begin_layout Standard
7512 When you first open a
7516 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7532 depending on the document class.
7533 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7534 Each paragraph of the
7538 environment is a bibliography entry.
7543 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7544 Each new paragraph is still in the
7551 \begin_layout Standard
7552 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7553 by using a BibTeX database.
7554 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7555 phy handling, have a look at section
7556 \begin_inset space ~
7560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7562 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7569 \begin_layout Subsection
7573 \begin_inset Index idx
7576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7577 Paragraph ! LyX code
7583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7592 \begin_layout Standard
7597 environment is another LyX extension.
7598 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7603 key as a fixed whitespace;
7607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7619 \begin_inset space ~
7624 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7629 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7630 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7633 arg "newline-insert newline"
7650 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7651 So, when you finish using the
7655 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7656 Also, you can nest the
7660 environment inside of others.
7663 \begin_layout Standard
7664 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7667 \begin_layout Itemize
7671 arg "newline-insert newline"
7674 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7679 \begin_inset space \space{}
7689 arg "newline-insert newline"
7695 \begin_layout Itemize
7699 arg "newline-insert newline"
7710 \begin_layout Itemize
7715 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7722 \begin_layout Itemize
7726 arg "space-insert protected"
7733 \begin_layout Itemize
7734 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7735 You must put at least one
7739 in any line you want blank.
7740 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7743 \begin_layout Itemize
7744 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7748 since that will insert
7753 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7756 arg "self-insert \""
7762 \begin_layout Standard
7766 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7770 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7774 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7778 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7782 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7783 printf("Hello World!
7788 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7792 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7796 \begin_layout Standard
7797 This is just the standard
7798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7809 \begin_layout Standard
7814 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7815 rc-files, and so on.
7816 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7817 as if you used a typewriter.
7818 \begin_inset Index idx
7821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7822 Paragraph environments|)
7827 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7830 Program Code Listings
7835 \begin_inset space ~
7843 \begin_layout Section
7844 Nesting Environments
7845 \begin_inset Index idx
7848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7849 Nesting ! Environments
7855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7864 \begin_layout Subsection
7868 \begin_layout Standard
7869 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7871 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7873 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7875 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7887 \begin_layout Enumerate
7891 \begin_layout Enumerate
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7900 \begin_layout Enumerate
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7909 \begin_layout Standard
7910 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7911 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7914 \begin_inset space ~
7918 \begin_inset space ~
7926 \begin_inset space ~
7930 \begin_inset space ~
7939 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7940 will tell you how far you are nested).
7941 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7944 arg "depth-increment"
7950 arg "depth-decrement"
7953 or the convenient key bindings
7964 arg "depth-increment"
7970 arg "depth-decrement"
7973 to change the nesting level.
7974 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7975 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7979 \begin_layout Standard
7980 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7981 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7982 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7983 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7986 \begin_layout Standard
7987 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7988 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7990 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7993 \begin_layout Subsection
7994 What You Can and Can't Nest
7997 \begin_layout Standard
7998 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7999 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8002 \begin_layout Standard
8003 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
8004 complicated than a simple yes or no.
8005 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8008 \begin_layout Itemize
8009 Completely unnestable
8012 \begin_layout Itemize
8013 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8017 \begin_layout Itemize
8018 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8022 \begin_layout Standard
8023 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8024 environments have them:
8027 \begin_layout Description
8028 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8029 Can't nest into them.
8033 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8057 \begin_layout Itemize
8064 \begin_layout Description
8066 \begin_inset space ~
8069 Nestable You can nest them.
8070 You can nest other things into them.
8074 \begin_layout Itemize
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8086 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Itemize
8098 \begin_layout Itemize
8104 \begin_layout Itemize
8110 \begin_layout Itemize
8116 \begin_layout Itemize
8123 \begin_layout Description
8124 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8125 You can't nest anything into them.
8129 \begin_layout Itemize
8135 \begin_layout Itemize
8141 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8171 \begin_layout Itemize
8177 \begin_layout Itemize
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8189 \begin_layout Itemize
8195 \begin_layout Itemize
8201 \begin_layout Itemize
8207 \begin_layout Itemize
8211 \begin_inset space ~
8217 \begin_layout Itemize
8224 \begin_layout Standard
8225 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8233 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8242 \begin_inset space ~
8246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8250 \begin_inset space \space{}
8253 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8254 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8255 section headings violate this.
8263 \begin_layout Subsection
8264 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8265 \begin_inset Index idx
8268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8269 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8277 \begin_layout Standard
8278 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8279 affected by nesting anyhow.
8283 \begin_layout Itemize
8287 \begin_layout Itemize
8291 \begin_layout Itemize
8295 \begin_layout Standard
8297 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8305 Figures and tables in
8309 are not affected by this.
8314 Have a look at section
8315 \begin_inset space ~
8319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8321 reference "sec:Floats"
8325 for more information about
8332 \begin_layout Standard
8333 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8334 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8338 \begin_layout Standard
8339 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8347 of its own, it behaves just like a
8348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8355 paragraph environment.
8356 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8360 \begin_layout Standard
8361 Here's an example with a table:
8364 \begin_layout Enumerate
8369 \begin_layout Enumerate
8370 This is (a) and it's nested.
8374 \begin_layout Standard
8375 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8381 \begin_layout Standard
8383 \begin_inset Tabular
8384 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8385 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8471 \begin_layout Standard
8472 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8479 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8485 \begin_layout Enumerate
8489 \begin_layout Standard
8490 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8493 \begin_layout Enumerate
8498 \begin_layout Enumerate
8499 This is (a) and it's nested.
8503 \begin_layout Standard
8504 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8510 \begin_layout Standard
8512 \begin_inset Tabular
8513 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8514 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8600 \begin_layout Standard
8601 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8607 \begin_layout Enumerate
8614 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8617 \begin_layout Enumerate
8621 \begin_layout Standard
8622 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8626 \begin_layout Standard
8627 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8629 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8632 \begin_layout Enumerate
8637 \begin_layout Enumerate
8638 This is (a) and it's nested.
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8642 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8648 \begin_layout Standard
8650 \begin_inset Tabular
8651 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8652 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8739 \begin_layout Standard
8740 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8746 \begin_layout Enumerate
8748 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8755 \begin_layout Enumerate
8759 \begin_layout Standard
8760 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8766 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8767 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8771 \begin_layout Subsection
8772 Usage and General Features
8775 \begin_layout Standard
8776 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8785 is the innermost possible depth.
8786 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8789 \begin_layout Enumerate
8790 level #1 – outermost
8794 \begin_layout Enumerate
8799 \begin_layout Enumerate
8804 \begin_layout Enumerate
8809 \begin_layout Itemize
8814 \begin_layout Itemize
8823 \begin_layout Standard
8824 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8825 both of them in the example.
8826 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8836 For example, if we tried to nest another
8841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8848 , we would get errors.
8851 \begin_layout Subsection
8853 \begin_inset Index idx
8856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8865 \begin_layout Standard
8866 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8867 We have several examples of nested environments.
8868 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8872 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8873 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8876 \begin_layout Labeling
8877 \labelwidthstring MMM
8878 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8887 \begin_layout Labeling
8888 \labelwidthstring MMM
8889 #2-a This is level #2.
8890 We created it by using
8893 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8899 arg "depth-increment"
8906 \begin_layout Labeling
8907 \labelwidthstring MMM
8908 #3-a This is level #3.
8909 This time, we just hit
8916 arg "depth-increment"
8920 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8924 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8930 arg "depth-increment"
8937 \begin_layout Standard
8942 environment, nested inside of
8943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8951 So, it's at level #4.
8952 We did this by hitting
8955 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8961 arg "depth-increment"
8964 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8969 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8985 \begin_layout Standard
8990 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8993 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8999 \begin_layout Labeling
9000 \labelwidthstring MMM
9001 #4-a This is level #4.
9005 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9008 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9013 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9017 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9022 keep nesting things inside
9023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9034 \begin_layout Labeling
9035 \labelwidthstring MMM
9036 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9041 \begin_layout Labeling
9042 \labelwidthstring MMM
9043 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9044 and this is level #6.
9045 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9049 \begin_layout Labeling
9050 \labelwidthstring MMM
9051 #5-b Back to level #5.
9055 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9061 arg "depth-decrement"
9068 \begin_layout Labeling
9069 \labelwidthstring MMM
9073 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9079 arg "depth-decrement"
9082 , we're back at level #4.
9086 \begin_layout Labeling
9087 \labelwidthstring MMM
9088 #3-b Back to level #3.
9089 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9093 \begin_layout Labeling
9094 \labelwidthstring MMM
9095 #2-b Back to level #2.
9100 \begin_layout Labeling
9101 \labelwidthstring MMM
9102 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9103 After this sentence, we will hit
9107 and change the paragraph environment back to
9114 \begin_layout Standard
9115 We could have also used the
9131 environment in place of the
9136 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9140 Example 2: Inheritance
9143 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9144 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9147 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9156 arg "depth-increment"
9159 , after which, we will change to the
9167 \begin_layout Enumerate
9172 environment, at level #2.
9175 \begin_layout Enumerate
9176 Notice how the nested
9180 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9184 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9188 \begin_layout Standard
9189 We ended this example by hitting
9194 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9198 and reset the nesting depth by using
9201 arg "depth-decrement"
9207 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9208 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9217 \begin_inset Argument
9220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9221 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9229 \begin_layout Enumerate
9230 This is level #1, in an
9234 paragraph environment.
9235 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9239 \begin_layout Enumerate
9244 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9250 arg "depth-increment"
9254 Now, what happens if we nest an
9258 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9259 label be? An asterisk?
9263 \begin_layout Itemize
9273 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9274 So, its label is a bullet.
9275 (We got here by using
9278 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9284 arg "depth-increment"
9287 , then changing the environment to
9295 \begin_layout Itemize
9296 Here's level #4, produced using
9299 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9305 arg "depth-increment"
9309 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9314 \begin_layout Enumerate
9315 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9317 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9322 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9326 , because we are in the
9335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9354 \begin_layout Enumerate
9359 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9360 type of numbering does LyX use?
9363 \begin_layout Enumerate
9364 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9367 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9370 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9373 \begin_layout Enumerate
9377 arg "depth-decrement"
9380 to decrease the depth after the next
9383 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9390 \begin_layout Enumerate
9392 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9396 \begin_layout Enumerate
9398 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9399 numeral as the label.Why?
9402 \begin_layout Enumerate
9403 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9412 Notice, however, that LyX
9416 reset the counter for the label.
9420 \begin_layout Enumerate
9424 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9430 arg "depth-decrement"
9433 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9434 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9435 into the twofold-nested
9443 \begin_layout Enumerate
9444 The same thing happens if we do another
9447 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9453 arg "depth-decrement"
9456 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9459 \begin_layout Standard
9460 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9465 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9479 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9485 The same rule applies for the
9489 environment, as well.
9492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9493 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9496 \begin_layout Enumerate
9497 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9498 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9499 the same detail with how we did it.
9508 \begin_layout Standard
9516 arg "depth-increment"
9523 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9524 the example in parentheses someplace.
9525 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9526 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9527 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9531 \begin_layout Enumerate
9536 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9541 Now we will add verse.
9542 \begin_inset Newline newline
9545 It will get much worse.
9546 \begin_inset Newline newline
9556 arg "depth-increment"
9567 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9568 \begin_inset Newline newline
9571 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9572 \begin_inset Newline newline
9578 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9591 \begin_layout Standard
9592 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9598 \begin_layout Standard
9600 \begin_inset Tabular
9601 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9602 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9603 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9693 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9703 arg "depth-increment"
9709 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9719 arg "depth-decrement"
9726 \begin_layout Enumerate
9731 : level #1) This is another item.
9732 Note that selecting a
9736 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9737 3 times to put the table inside the
9745 \begin_layout Quotation
9746 We're now ending the
9750 list and changing to
9755 We're still at level #1.
9756 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9757 The next set of paragraphs is a
9758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9765 We will nest both the
9772 \begin_inset space ~
9777 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9781 for the letter body.
9785 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9788 to preserve the depth.
9789 Remember that you need to use
9792 arg "newline-insert newline"
9795 to create multiple lines inside the
9802 \begin_inset space ~
9812 \begin_layout Right Address
9814 \begin_inset Newline newline
9817 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9818 \begin_inset Newline newline
9824 \begin_layout Address
9826 \begin_inset space ~
9832 \begin_layout Quotation
9833 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9837 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9838 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9839 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9840 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9841 as soon as possible.
9842 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9845 \begin_layout Quotation
9846 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9847 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9848 with your order, along with payment.
9851 \begin_layout Quotation
9852 We thank you again for your patience.
9855 \begin_layout Address
9857 \begin_inset Newline newline
9864 \begin_layout Quotation
9865 That ends that example!
9868 \begin_layout Standard
9869 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9870 just a few keystrokes.
9871 We could have easily nested an
9892 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9895 \begin_layout Section
9896 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9897 \begin_inset Index idx
9900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9909 \begin_layout Standard
9910 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9911 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9912 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9913 be broken at the end of a line.
9914 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9918 \begin_layout Subsection
9920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9922 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9927 \begin_inset Index idx
9930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9939 \begin_layout Standard
9940 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9942 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9946 Further documentation is given in section
9947 \begin_inset Newline newline
9951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9953 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9961 \begin_layout Standard
9962 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9986 A protected space is set with
9988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9989 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9993 \begin_inset space ~
10003 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
10009 \begin_layout Subsection
10011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10013 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10018 \begin_inset Index idx
10021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10022 Spacing ! Horizontal
10030 \begin_layout Standard
10031 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10033 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10034 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10038 The length units are listed in Appendix
10039 \begin_inset space ~
10043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10045 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10052 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10056 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10061 \begin_inset Index idx
10064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10065 Spaces ! Inter-word
10073 \begin_layout Standard
10075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10079 \begin_inset space \space{}
10082 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10083 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10084 \begin_inset space ~
10088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10090 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10095 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10096 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10099 arg "space-insert normal"
10105 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10109 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10114 \begin_inset Index idx
10117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10126 \begin_layout Standard
10128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10135 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10144 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10145 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10146 inside abbreviations:
10149 \begin_layout Quote
10151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10155 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10158 \begin_layout Standard
10159 or between values and units.
10160 Compare for example this:
10161 \begin_inset Newline newline
10165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10169 \begin_inset Newline newline
10172 10 kg (normal space
10175 \begin_layout Standard
10176 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10178 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10179 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10181 \begin_inset space ~
10189 arg "space-insert thin"
10195 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10199 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10206 \begin_layout Standard
10207 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10210 \begin_layout Description
10212 \begin_inset space ~
10216 \begin_inset space ~
10219 space A line with a
10220 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10224 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10228 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10231 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10234 \begin_layout Description
10236 \begin_inset space ~
10240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10244 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10248 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10252 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10256 \begin_inset space ~
10260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10263 em) space between the arrows.
10266 \begin_layout Description
10268 \begin_inset space ~
10272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10276 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10280 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10284 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10288 \begin_inset space ~
10292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10295 em) space between the arrows.
10298 \begin_layout Description
10300 \begin_inset space ~
10304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10308 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10312 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10316 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10320 \begin_inset space ~
10324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10327 em) space between the arrows.
10330 \begin_layout Description
10332 \begin_inset space ~
10336 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10340 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10345 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10352 cm space between the arrows.
10355 \begin_layout Standard
10357 \begin_inset space ~
10361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10363 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10367 lists the different space sizes.
10370 \begin_layout Standard
10371 \begin_inset Float table
10376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10378 \begin_inset Caption
10380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10383 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10387 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10397 \begin_inset Tabular
10398 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10399 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10400 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10401 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10624 \begin_inset Index idx
10627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10636 \begin_layout Standard
10637 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10638 in a uniform fashion.
10639 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10640 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10641 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10642 equally between themselves.
10645 \begin_layout Standard
10646 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10649 \begin_layout Quote
10651 This is on the left side
10652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10655 This is on the right
10658 \begin_layout Quote
10661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10665 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10671 \begin_layout Quote
10674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10678 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10682 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10688 \begin_layout Standard
10689 That was an example in the
10695 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10699 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10703 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10706 is one in a standard paragraph.
10707 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10711 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10715 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10718 \begin_inset space ~
10723 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10728 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10740 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10744 \begin_inset space ~
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10752 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10756 \begin_inset space ~
10762 \begin_layout Standard
10764 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10768 \begin_inset space ~
10774 \begin_layout Standard
10776 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10780 \begin_inset space ~
10786 \begin_layout Standard
10788 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10792 \begin_inset space ~
10798 \begin_layout Standard
10799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10807 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10811 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10812 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10813 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10817 option in the space dialog.
10825 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10829 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10834 \begin_inset Index idx
10837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10846 \begin_layout Standard
10847 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10849 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10853 \begin_inset space \space{}
10856 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10859 \begin_layout Standard
10860 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10863 What is correct English?:
10864 \begin_inset Newline newline
10868 \begin_inset Newline newline
10872 \begin_inset space ~
10875 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10876 \begin_inset Newline newline
10880 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10891 \begin_inset Newline newline
10895 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10906 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10912 \begin_layout Standard
10913 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10918 \begin_inset space ~
10922 \begin_inset space ~
10926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10930 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10933 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10937 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10943 \begin_inset space ~
10947 \begin_inset space ~
10951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10954 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10963 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10964 That is why it is named
10965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10973 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10974 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10978 \begin_layout Subsection
10980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10982 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10987 \begin_inset Index idx
10990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10999 \begin_layout Standard
11000 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
11002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11003 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11005 \begin_inset space ~
11011 There you find the following sizes:
11014 \begin_layout Standard
11027 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11032 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11034 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11038 \begin_inset Index idx
11041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11042 Document ! Settings
11047 for the paragraph separation.
11048 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11059 \begin_layout Standard
11065 \begin_inset Index idx
11068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11074 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11075 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11077 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11078 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11087 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11096 s are described in section
11097 \begin_inset space ~
11101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11103 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11112 If there are several
11116 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11117 You can therefore use
11121 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11124 \begin_layout Standard
11129 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11130 \begin_inset space ~
11134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11136 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11143 \begin_layout Standard
11144 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11154 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11155 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11167 \begin_layout Subsection
11168 Paragraph Alignment
11171 \begin_layout Standard
11172 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11174 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11178 There are five possibilities:
11181 \begin_layout Itemize
11189 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11195 \begin_layout Itemize
11203 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11209 \begin_layout Itemize
11217 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11223 \begin_layout Itemize
11231 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11237 \begin_layout Itemize
11245 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11251 \begin_layout Standard
11252 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11253 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11254 the left and right margins.
11255 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11260 This paragraph is right aligned,
11263 \begin_layout Standard
11265 this one is centered,
11268 \begin_layout Standard
11270 this one is left aligned.
11273 \begin_layout Subsection
11275 \begin_inset Index idx
11278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11279 Page breaks ! Forced
11285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11287 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11295 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11296 can force a page break where you want one.
11297 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11298 Only if you use a lot of
11302 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11305 \begin_layout Standard
11306 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11307 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11311 have to change the page breaking.
11314 \begin_layout Standard
11315 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11317 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11320 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11322 \begin_inset space ~
11328 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11331 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11333 \begin_inset space ~
11338 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11340 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11341 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11344 \begin_layout Standard
11345 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11346 at the top of a page.
11347 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11348 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11349 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11350 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11354 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11358 to learn more about
11365 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11369 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11374 \begin_inset Index idx
11377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11378 Page breaks ! Clear
11386 \begin_layout Standard
11387 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11388 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11389 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11390 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11391 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11394 \begin_layout Standard
11395 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11398 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11400 \begin_inset space ~
11406 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11409 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11411 \begin_inset space ~
11415 \begin_inset space ~
11420 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11421 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11424 \begin_layout Subsection
11426 \begin_inset Index idx
11429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11438 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11445 \begin_layout Standard
11446 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11448 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11451 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11453 \begin_inset space ~
11457 \begin_inset space ~
11465 arg "newline-insert newline"
11469 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11472 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11474 \begin_inset space ~
11478 \begin_inset space ~
11483 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11485 This is useful to avoid
11486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11493 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11496 \begin_layout Standard
11497 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11498 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11499 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11500 set a line break, e.
11501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11505 \begin_inset space \space{}
11508 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11509 \begin_inset space ~
11513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11515 reference "sec:Quote"
11520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11522 reference "sec:Verse"
11527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11529 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11536 \begin_layout Subsection
11538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11540 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11545 \begin_inset Index idx
11548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11557 \begin_layout Standard
11559 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11570 \begin_layout Standard
11573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11574 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11576 \begin_inset space ~
11581 you can insert horizontal lines.
11582 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11583 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11584 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11589 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11600 \begin_layout Section
11601 Characters and Symbols
11604 \begin_layout Standard
11605 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11606 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11611 \begin_inset space \space{}
11614 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11622 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11626 for information on how this is done.
11629 \begin_layout Standard
11630 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11635 dialog via the menu
11637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11638 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11644 \begin_layout Standard
11645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11653 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11654 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11655 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11663 \begin_layout Section
11664 Fonts and Text Styles
11665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11667 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11674 \begin_layout Subsection
11676 \begin_inset Index idx
11679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11688 \begin_layout Standard
11689 There are two types of fonts:
11692 \begin_layout Description
11694 \begin_inset space ~
11698 \begin_inset Index idx
11701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11707 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11712 characters) in the font.
11713 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11714 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11715 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11716 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11717 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11718 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11719 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11720 \begin_inset Newline newline
11723 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11724 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11725 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11726 sizes than at small ones.
11727 \begin_inset Newline newline
11741 \begin_inset space ~
11749 \begin_layout Description
11751 \begin_inset space ~
11755 \begin_inset Index idx
11758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11764 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11765 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11766 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11767 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11768 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11769 picture manipulation program.
11770 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11771 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11772 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11773 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11774 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11776 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11777 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11778 \begin_inset Newline newline
11781 Bitmap fonts are named
11784 \begin_inset space ~
11789 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11792 \begin_layout Standard
11793 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11794 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11795 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11796 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11797 use scalable fonts.
11800 \begin_layout Standard
11801 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11802 its document properties.
11805 \begin_layout Standard
11806 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11807 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11808 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11809 font to emphasize text, you use an
11810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11818 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11819 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11823 \begin_layout Subsection
11825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11827 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11834 \begin_layout Standard
11835 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11836 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11837 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11839 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11840 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11841 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11842 to usual word processors.
11843 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11844 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11845 across different machines.
11846 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11847 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11849 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11851 \begin_inset space ~
11855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11857 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11862 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11863 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11867 \begin_layout Standard
11868 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11869 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11870 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11871 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11872 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11873 that is installed on your system.
11874 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11877 \begin_layout Standard
11878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11886 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11887 es; so you might have to experiment.
11895 \begin_layout Standard
11896 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11904 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11905 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11913 \begin_layout Subsection
11914 Document Font and Font size
11915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11917 name "sub:Document-Font"
11922 \begin_inset Index idx
11925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11932 \begin_inset Index idx
11935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11944 \begin_layout Standard
11945 You can set the document fonts in the
11947 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11951 \begin_inset Index idx
11954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11955 Document ! Settings
11965 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11966 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11969 \begin_inset space ~
11978 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11979 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11983 \begin_layout Standard
11990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11999 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
12000 This requires that you use
12006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12045 as the output format, i.
12046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12050 \begin_inset space \space{}
12053 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12054 \begin_inset space ~
12058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12060 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12065 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12066 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12068 \begin_inset space ~
12071 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12072 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12073 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12075 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12078 \begin_layout Standard
12079 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12084 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12089 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12090 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12097 \begin_inset space ~
12103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12116 European Computer Modern
12119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12126 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12129 \begin_layout Standard
12138 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12139 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12144 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12147 \begin_inset space ~
12152 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12158 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12159 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12162 \begin_layout Itemize
12166 \begin_inset space ~
12171 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12184 \begin_inset space ~
12189 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12193 as the default font.
12194 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12195 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12198 \begin_inset space ~
12211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12212 One difference is improved kerning.
12220 \begin_layout Itemize
12224 \begin_inset space ~
12228 \begin_inset space ~
12233 fonts in (the rare) case that
12236 \begin_inset space ~
12241 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12256 Virtual means that it
12257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12268 -glyphs from other fonts.
12269 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12291 Loading the LaTeX-package
12296 \begin_inset Index idx
12299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12300 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12305 with the document preamble line
12306 \begin_inset Newline newline
12313 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12314 \begin_inset Newline newline
12319 will fix the guillemet problem.
12324 and that accented characters are not
12328 glyph, but built of
12332 characters, the accent and the letter.
12333 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12339 If you search for example for the French word
12340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12347 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12356 and not for the glyph
12357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12361 \begin_inset space ~
12365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12371 \begin_layout Itemize
12372 If you do not like the look of
12380 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12385 \begin_inset space ~
12391 \begin_inset space ~
12401 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12402 \begin_inset space ~
12405 serif and typewriter fonts,
12409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12410 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12417 \begin_inset space ~
12426 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12431 \begin_inset space \space{}
12439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12443 \begin_inset space \space{}
12449 \begin_inset space ~
12457 \begin_inset space ~
12467 but you can also select your own.
12468 \begin_inset Newline newline
12471 The differences between roman,
12474 \begin_inset space ~
12483 fonts are explained in section
12484 \begin_inset space ~
12488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12490 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12495 \begin_inset Newline newline
12501 \begin_inset space ~
12506 was originally designed for newspapers.
12507 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12508 into the small newspaper columns.
12512 \begin_inset space ~
12517 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12520 \begin_layout Standard
12521 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12534 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12539 depends on the class you are using.
12540 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12543 \begin_layout Standard
12544 Note that the font size is the
12549 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12550 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12551 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12554 \begin_inset space ~
12560 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12561 \begin_inset space ~
12565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12567 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12574 \begin_layout Standard
12579 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12581 \begin_inset space ~
12584 serif or typewriter.
12589 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12599 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12602 \begin_layout Standard
12611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12620 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12626 \begin_inset Index idx
12629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12630 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12636 \begin_inset space ~
12640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12642 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12647 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12648 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12655 \begin_layout Standard
12656 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12658 Use Old Style Figures
12662 Use True Small Caps
12665 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12668 Use Old Style Figures
12670 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12672 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12680 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12684 Use True Small Caps
12686 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12687 of scaled capitals.
12688 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12689 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12692 \begin_layout Standard
12697 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12698 a font to display the script characters.
12702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12703 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12708 \begin_inset Index idx
12711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12712 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12717 So this has no effect for the document language
12733 \begin_layout Standard
12734 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12738 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12746 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12750 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12751 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12752 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12754 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12757 dialog, see section
12758 \begin_inset space ~
12762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12764 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12776 \begin_layout Subsection
12777 Using Different Character Styles
12778 \begin_inset Index idx
12781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12788 \begin_inset Index idx
12791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12800 \begin_layout Standard
12801 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12802 certain paragraph environments.
12803 LyX supports two character styles,
12812 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12816 \begin_layout Standard
12821 style, do one of the following:
12824 \begin_layout Itemize
12825 click on the toolbar button
12834 \begin_layout Itemize
12835 use the key binding
12844 \begin_layout Standard
12845 These commands are all toggles.
12850 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12853 \begin_layout Standard
12854 One typically uses the
12858 style for proper names.
12860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12867 is the original author of LyX.
12868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12874 \begin_layout Standard
12875 A more widely used character style is the
12880 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12887 \begin_layout Itemize
12888 clicking on the toolbar button
12897 \begin_layout Itemize
12898 using the keybindings
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12912 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12913 es use a different font.
12916 \begin_layout Standard
12917 We've been using the
12921 style all over the place in this document.
12922 Here's one more example:
12925 \begin_layout Quotation
12928 Don't overuse character styles!
12931 \begin_layout Standard
12932 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12933 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12934 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12935 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12939 \begin_layout Standard
12940 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12948 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12950 \begin_inset space ~
12958 \begin_layout Subsection
12959 Fine-Tuning with the
12964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12966 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12971 \begin_inset Index idx
12974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12983 \begin_layout Standard
12984 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12985 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12986 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12987 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12988 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12989 from ordinary dialog.
12992 \begin_layout Standard
12993 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12994 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12995 \begin_inset Newline newline
12998 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12999 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
13002 \begin_layout Standard
13003 To use custom character styles, open the
13005 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13007 \begin_inset space ~
13010 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13013 dialog or press the toolbar button
13016 arg "dialog-show character"
13020 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13021 font property that you can choose.
13022 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13025 \begin_inset space ~
13030 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13035 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13036 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13037 environments in a snap.
13040 \begin_layout Standard
13041 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13044 \begin_inset space ~
13056 \begin_layout Labeling
13057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13071 The possible options are:
13075 \begin_layout Labeling
13076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13081 This is the Roman font family.
13082 Normally a serif font.
13083 It's also the default family.
13093 \begin_layout Labeling
13094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13098 \begin_inset space ~
13105 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13117 \begin_layout Labeling
13118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13125 This is the Typewriter font family.
13131 arg "font-typewriter"
13140 \begin_layout Labeling
13141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13146 This corresponds to the print weight.
13151 \begin_layout Labeling
13152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13157 This is the Medium font series.
13158 It's also the default series.
13161 \begin_layout Labeling
13162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13169 This is the Bold font series.
13182 \begin_layout Labeling
13183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13188 As the name implies.
13193 \begin_layout Labeling
13194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13199 This is the Upright font shape.
13200 It's also the default shape.
13203 \begin_layout Labeling
13204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13218 s the Italic font shape
13224 \begin_layout Labeling
13225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13232 This is the Slanted font shape
13234 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13237 \begin_layout Labeling
13238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13242 \begin_inset space ~
13249 This is the Small caps font shape
13256 \begin_layout Labeling
13257 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13262 Alters the size of the font.
13263 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13264 proportional to the document font size.
13265 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13266 what you want to do.
13271 \begin_layout Labeling
13272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13293 arg "font-size tiny"
13299 \begin_layout Labeling
13300 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13321 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13327 \begin_layout Labeling
13328 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13349 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13355 \begin_layout Labeling
13356 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13377 arg "font-size small"
13383 \begin_layout Labeling
13384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13398 It's also the default size.
13402 arg "font-size normal"
13408 \begin_layout Labeling
13409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13430 arg "font-size large"
13436 \begin_layout Labeling
13437 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13458 arg "font-size larger"
13464 \begin_layout Labeling
13465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13486 arg "font-size largest"
13492 \begin_layout Labeling
13493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13514 arg "font-size huge"
13520 \begin_layout Labeling
13521 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13542 arg "font-size giant"
13548 \begin_layout Labeling
13549 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13554 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13574 arg "font-size increase"
13580 \begin_layout Labeling
13581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13586 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13606 arg "font-size decrease"
13613 \begin_layout Standard
13618 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13619 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13620 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13621 — use those instead.
13622 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13625 \begin_layout Labeling
13626 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13631 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13636 \begin_layout Labeling
13637 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13644 This is text with emphasize on
13647 This might seem like the same as
13651 , but it is actually a bit different.
13657 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13659 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13662 \begin_layout Labeling
13663 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13670 This is text with Underbar on.
13676 arg "font-underline"
13682 \begin_inset Newline newline
13687 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13688 when you could not change fonts.
13689 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13690 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13694 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13697 \begin_layout Labeling
13698 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13702 \begin_inset space ~
13709 This is text with Double underbar on.
13715 arg "font-underunderline"
13719 \begin_inset Newline newline
13722 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13723 about double underbar.
13726 \begin_layout Labeling
13727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13731 \begin_inset space ~
13738 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13744 arg "font-underwave"
13748 \begin_inset Newline newline
13751 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13752 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13755 \begin_layout Labeling
13756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13763 This is text with Strikeout on.
13769 arg "font-strikeout"
13773 \begin_inset Newline newline
13776 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13777 changed in the meantime.
13780 \begin_layout Labeling
13781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13788 This is text with Noun on.
13795 , this is a logical attribute.
13796 Normally it's equivalent to
13799 \begin_inset space ~
13808 \begin_layout Labeling
13809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13814 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13815 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13819 \begin_inset space ~
13824 , which is the default
13825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13832 and means normally black, you can choose between
13881 \begin_inset Index idx
13884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13893 \begin_layout Labeling
13894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13899 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13900 the language of the document.
13901 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13903 \begin_inset Newline newline
13906 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13907 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13908 When using the spell checking (see section
13909 \begin_inset space ~
13913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13915 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13919 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13922 \begin_layout Standard
13923 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13924 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13926 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13928 \begin_inset space ~
13933 dialog, the settings are saved.
13934 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13937 arg "textstyle-apply"
13941 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13945 \begin_layout Standard
13946 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13953 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13954 (suppose you just set the shape to
13955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13985 \begin_layout Standard
13986 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13994 \begin_inset space ~
14006 \begin_layout Itemize
14012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14019 font, which means every character has the same width; the
14020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 \begin_inset Newline newline
14041 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14055 \begin_inset Note Note
14058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14059 For more on phantoms see section
14060 \begin_inset space ~
14064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14066 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14076 \begin_inset Newline newline
14082 \begin_layout Itemize
14087 fonts use characters with serifs.
14088 These are the small
14089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14096 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14097 The following example will show the difference:
14098 \begin_inset Newline newline
14102 \begin_inset Newline newline
14107 text without serifs
14110 \begin_inset Newline newline
14113 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14114 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14121 \begin_layout Itemize
14127 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14128 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14139 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14140 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14141 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14143 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14144 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14145 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14162 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14163 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14171 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14180 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14215 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14224 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14227 \begin_layout Standard
14228 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14229 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14232 \begin_layout Section
14233 Printing and Previewing
14236 \begin_layout Subsection
14240 \begin_layout Standard
14241 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14242 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14243 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14244 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14245 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14247 Additional Features
14252 \begin_layout Standard
14253 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14254 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14255 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14256 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14257 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14258 This happens in two stages:
14261 \begin_layout Enumerate
14262 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14263 generating a file with the extension,
14264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14278 \begin_layout Enumerate
14279 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14283 file to produce printable output.
14287 \begin_layout Subsection
14288 Output file formats
14289 \begin_inset Index idx
14292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14301 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14309 Simple text (ASCII)
14310 \begin_inset Index idx
14313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14314 File formats ! ASCII
14322 \begin_layout Standard
14323 This file type has the extension
14324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14336 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14340 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14348 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14350 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14351 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14353 \begin_inset space ~
14360 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14361 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14363 \begin_inset space ~
14367 \begin_inset space ~
14373 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14377 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14379 \begin_inset Index idx
14382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14383 File formats ! LaTeX
14391 \begin_layout Standard
14392 This file type has the extension
14393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14404 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14406 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14407 it manually with console commands.
14408 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14409 you view or export your document.
14412 \begin_layout Standard
14413 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14415 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14416 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14431 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14432 \begin_inset space ~
14436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14438 reference "sub:Export"
14445 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14447 \begin_inset Index idx
14450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14459 \begin_layout Standard
14460 This file type has the extension
14461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14481 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14482 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14483 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14487 \begin_layout Standard
14488 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14489 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14490 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14491 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14493 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14496 \begin_layout Standard
14497 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14499 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14500 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14505 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14506 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14508 \begin_inset space ~
14515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14525 The latter option uses the program
14534 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14535 font access (see section
14536 \begin_inset space ~
14540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14542 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14547 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14548 standard TeX processor.
14551 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14553 \begin_inset Index idx
14556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14557 File formats ! PostScript
14565 \begin_layout Standard
14566 This file type has the extension
14567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14579 PostScript was developed by the company
14583 as a printer language.
14584 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14586 PostScript can be seen as a
14587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14590 programming language
14591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14594 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14599 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14605 \begin_inset Index idx
14608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14609 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14619 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14627 Encapsulated PostScript
14628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14631 (EPS, file extension
14632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14644 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14645 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14651 \begin_inset space \space{}
14655 \begin_inset space ~
14658 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14659 \begin_inset space ~
14662 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14663 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14664 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14665 EPS to avoid this problem.
14668 \begin_layout Standard
14669 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14671 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14672 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14680 \begin_inset Index idx
14683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14690 \begin_inset Index idx
14693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14702 \begin_layout Standard
14703 This file type has the extension
14704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14720 Portable Document Format
14721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14728 was derived from PostScript.
14729 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14738 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14739 looks exactly the same.
14742 \begin_layout Standard
14743 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14747 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14751 (JPG, file extension
14752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14779 Portable Network Graphics
14780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14783 (PNG, file extension
14784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14796 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14797 background to one of these formats.
14798 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14799 will slow down your workflow.
14800 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14804 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14806 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14812 \begin_layout Description
14814 \begin_inset space ~
14817 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14821 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14822 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14826 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14827 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14830 \begin_layout Description
14832 \begin_inset space ~
14835 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14839 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14843 \begin_layout Description
14845 \begin_inset space ~
14848 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14852 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14855 \begin_layout Description
14857 \begin_inset space ~
14864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14871 X) This uses the program
14875 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14880 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14881 font access (see section
14882 \begin_inset space ~
14886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14888 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14893 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14894 y written Japanese.
14897 \begin_layout Description
14899 \begin_inset space ~
14906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14913 X) This uses the program
14917 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14922 is an even newer engine, derived from
14926 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14927 access (see section
14928 \begin_inset space ~
14932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14934 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14939 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14940 standard TeX processor.
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14947 \begin_inset space ~
14956 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14957 works without problems.
14958 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14959 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14963 \begin_inset space ~
14970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14982 \begin_inset space ~
14989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14998 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
15006 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15008 \begin_inset Index idx
15011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15012 FileFormats ! XHTML
15018 \begin_inset Index idx
15021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15030 \begin_layout Standard
15031 This file type has the extension
15032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15044 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15045 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them,
15046 and when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in
15047 formats suitable for the purpose.
15048 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15050 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15051 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15054 between different formats, which are described in section
15056 Math Output in XHTML
15061 \begin_inset space ~
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15070 XHTML output remains
15071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15078 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15081 LyX and the World Wide Web
15085 Additional Features
15087 manual, for more information.
15090 \begin_layout Standard
15091 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15093 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15094 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15100 \begin_layout Subsection
15102 \begin_inset Index idx
15105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15114 \begin_layout Standard
15115 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15116 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15125 or the toolbar button
15132 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15133 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15140 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15144 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15152 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15157 Further output formats can be selected via
15159 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15162 or the toolbar button
15163 \begin_inset Graphics
15164 filename ../images/view-others.png
15166 groupId toolbarbuttons
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15174 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15175 viewer window using the menu
15177 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15182 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15183 Update (Other Formats)
15188 \begin_layout Standard
15189 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15191 To have a real output, export your document.
15194 \begin_layout Subsection
15195 Printing the File from within LyX
15196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15198 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15205 \begin_layout Standard
15206 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15207 it directly from within LyX.
15208 To print a file, select the menu
15210 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15213 or click on the toolbar button
15216 arg "dialog-show print"
15220 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15221 This file is then processed by the program
15225 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15230 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15233 \begin_layout Standard
15234 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15235 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15236 printing one set to print on the other side.
15237 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15238 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15239 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15242 \begin_layout Standard
15243 You can set the parameters in the
15246 \begin_inset space ~
15254 \begin_layout Labeling
15255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15260 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15265 Note that this printer name is for the program
15274 has to be configured for this printer name.
15275 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15276 \begin_inset space ~
15280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15282 reference "sub:Printer"
15291 The printer should understand PostScript.
15294 \begin_layout Labeling
15295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15300 The name of a file to print to.
15301 The output will be a PostScript file.
15302 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15306 \begin_layout Section
15307 A few Words about Typography
15308 \begin_inset Index idx
15311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15320 \begin_layout Subsection
15321 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15322 \begin_inset Index idx
15325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15332 \begin_inset Index idx
15335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15344 \begin_layout Standard
15346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15357 character comes in four lengths: the
15369 , and the minus sign:
15370 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15376 \begin_layout Standard
15377 \begin_inset Tabular
15378 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15379 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15380 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15381 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15382 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15383 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15412 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15452 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15479 \begin_inset space ~
15482 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15489 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15516 \begin_inset space ~
15519 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15540 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15574 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15580 \begin_layout Standard
15581 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15593 character multiple times in a row.
15594 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15595 the final output, but not in LyX.
15597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15627 \begin_layout Standard
15628 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15629 math mode and has a length of its own.
15630 Here are some examples:
15633 \begin_layout Enumerate
15634 line- and page-breaks
15635 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15645 \begin_layout Enumerate
15647 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15657 \begin_layout Enumerate
15658 Oh — there's a dash.
15659 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15669 \begin_layout Enumerate
15670 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15684 \begin_layout Subsection
15686 \begin_inset Index idx
15689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15698 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15705 \begin_layout Standard
15706 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15707 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15712 \begin_inset Index idx
15715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15716 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15721 following the rules of the document language.
15724 \begin_layout Standard
15725 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15730 font and with unusual constructs, like
15731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15739 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15741 This is done with the menu
15743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15744 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15746 \begin_inset space ~
15752 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15753 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15756 \begin_layout Standard
15757 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15758 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15768 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15776 as a hyphenation possibility.
15777 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15778 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15779 as described in section
15780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15783 Prevent Hyphenation
15784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15790 \begin_inset space ~
15798 \begin_layout Subsection
15800 \begin_inset Index idx
15803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15813 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15816 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15823 \begin_layout Standard
15824 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15825 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15826 LaTeX then adds the
15827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15830 appropriate amount of space
15831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15835 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15837 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15838 gets after another word.
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15842 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15843 not work in all cases.
15845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15856 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15857 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15860 \begin_layout Standard
15861 Here are some examples of
15865 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15868 \begin_layout Itemize
15873 \begin_layout Itemize
15878 \begin_layout Standard
15879 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15882 \begin_layout Itemize
15884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15888 this is too much space!
15891 \begin_layout Itemize
15896 \begin_layout Standard
15897 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15900 \begin_layout Standard
15901 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15904 \begin_layout Enumerate
15908 \begin_inset space ~
15913 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15914 \begin_inset space ~
15918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15920 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15925 \begin_inset Index idx
15928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15929 Spaces ! inter-word
15937 \begin_layout Enumerate
15941 \begin_inset space ~
15946 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15947 \begin_inset space ~
15951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15953 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15958 \begin_inset Index idx
15961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15970 \begin_layout Enumerate
15974 \begin_inset space ~
15978 \begin_inset space ~
15982 \begin_inset space ~
15989 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15991 \begin_inset space ~
15996 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15997 This function is also bound to
16000 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
16006 \begin_layout Standard
16007 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
16010 \begin_layout Itemize
16012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16016 \begin_inset space \space{}
16019 this is too much space!
16022 \begin_layout Itemize
16023 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
16027 \begin_layout Standard
16028 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
16029 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
16030 will take care of this.
16033 \begin_layout Standard
16034 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16038 \begin_inset space ~
16043 feature described in section
16049 Additional Features
16054 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16056 \begin_inset Index idx
16059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16060 Typography ! Quotes
16066 \begin_inset Index idx
16069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16100 \begin_layout Standard
16101 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16102 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16103 and use a closing quote at the end.
16105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16113 The keyboard character,
16117 , generates this automatically.
16120 \begin_layout Standard
16121 You can specify what character the
16125 key produces using the submenu
16131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16135 \begin_inset Index idx
16138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16139 Document ! Settings
16149 There are six choices:
16152 \begin_layout Labeling
16153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16165 Use quotes like this
16166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16176 \begin_layout Labeling
16177 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16180 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16184 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16190 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16194 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16200 \begin_layout Labeling
16201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16204 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16208 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16214 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16218 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16224 \begin_layout Labeling
16225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16228 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16232 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16238 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16242 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16248 \begin_layout Labeling
16249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16252 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16256 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16262 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16266 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16272 \begin_layout Labeling
16273 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16276 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16280 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16286 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16290 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16296 \begin_layout Subsection
16298 \begin_inset Index idx
16301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16302 Typography ! Ligatures
16308 \begin_inset Index idx
16311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16342 name "sub:Ligatures"
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16350 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16351 print them as single characters.
16352 These groups are known as
16357 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16359 Here are the standard ligatures:
16362 \begin_layout Itemize
16366 \begin_layout Itemize
16370 \begin_layout Itemize
16374 \begin_layout Itemize
16378 \begin_layout Itemize
16382 \begin_layout Standard
16383 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16386 \begin_layout Standard
16387 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16388 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16396 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16412 To break a ligature, use
16414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16417 \begin_inset space ~
16424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16435 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16452 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16460 \begin_layout Subsection
16462 \begin_inset Index idx
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16474 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16481 \begin_layout Standard
16482 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16483 characters in different sizes and heights.
16484 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16485 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16505 \begin_inset Note Note
16508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16517 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16518 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16523 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16527 \begin_layout Description
16528 LyX The name of the game, write
16529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16550 \begin_layout Description
16551 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16573 \begin_layout Description
16574 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16596 \begin_layout Description
16597 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16619 \begin_layout Standard
16620 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16625 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16633 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16634 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16635 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16638 : The actual version is
16639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16646 , the previous one was
16647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16657 \begin_layout Standard
16658 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16663 \begin_inset space \space{}
16666 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16668 This will look in LyX like:
16669 \begin_inset Graphics
16670 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16676 \begin_inset Newline newline
16679 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16680 \begin_inset space ~
16684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16686 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16693 \begin_layout Subsection
16695 \begin_inset Index idx
16698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16707 \begin_layout Standard
16708 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16709 space between two words.
16710 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16720 for units use the menu
16722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16723 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16725 \begin_inset space ~
16733 arg "space-insert thin"
16739 \begin_layout Standard
16740 Here is an example to show the differences:
16743 \begin_layout Standard
16744 \begin_inset Tabular
16745 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16746 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16747 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16748 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16755 \begin_inset space ~
16759 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16771 space between number and unit
16778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16787 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16799 half space between number and unit
16812 \begin_layout Subsection
16814 \begin_inset Index idx
16817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16818 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16826 \begin_layout Standard
16827 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16829 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16830 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16831 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16832 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16833 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16834 These bits of text became known as
16845 \begin_layout Standard
16846 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16847 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16848 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16849 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16850 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16851 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16852 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16855 \begin_layout Standard
16856 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16857 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16858 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16859 \begin_inset space ~
16863 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16865 key "latexcompanion"
16870 \begin_inset space ~
16874 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16880 ) may have more information.
16881 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16884 \begin_layout Chapter
16885 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16888 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16895 \begin_layout Standard
16896 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16899 \begin_inset space ~
16905 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16908 \begin_layout Section
16910 \begin_inset Index idx
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16929 \begin_layout Standard
16930 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16933 \begin_layout Description
16935 \begin_inset space ~
16938 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16939 \begin_inset Newline newline
16943 \begin_inset Note Note
16946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16955 \begin_layout Description
16956 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16957 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16959 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16960 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16962 \begin_inset space ~
16968 \begin_inset Newline newline
16972 \begin_inset Note Comment
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16984 \begin_layout Description
16986 \begin_inset space ~
16989 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16990 set in the document settings under
16992 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16994 \begin_inset space ~
17000 \begin_inset Newline newline
17004 \begin_inset Newline newline
17008 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
17018 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
17023 of a comment that appears in the output.
17029 \begin_inset Newline newline
17033 \begin_inset Newline newline
17036 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17037 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17040 \begin_layout Standard
17041 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17049 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17053 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17056 \begin_layout Section
17058 \begin_inset Index idx
17061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17070 name "sec:Footnotes"
17077 \begin_layout Standard
17078 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17084 or the toolbar button
17087 arg "footnote-insert"
17099 \begin_inset Graphics
17100 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17109 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17138 label, the box will
17142 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17143 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17156 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17157 and click on the footnote
17172 \begin_layout Standard
17173 Here is an example footnote:
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17190 \begin_layout Standard
17191 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17192 position where the footnote box is placed.
17193 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17194 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17195 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17197 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17198 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17203 ey are described in the
17206 \begin_inset space ~
17214 \begin_layout Section
17216 \begin_inset Index idx
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17228 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17235 \begin_layout Standard
17236 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17237 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17241 \begin_inset space ~
17246 or the toolbar button
17249 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17275 appearing within your text.
17276 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17285 \begin_layout Standard
17286 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17290 \begin_inset Marginal
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 This is a marginal note.
17302 \begin_layout Standard
17303 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17304 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17305 pages, right on odd pages.
17308 \begin_layout Standard
17309 For further information about marginal notes see section
17312 \begin_inset space ~
17320 \begin_inset space ~
17328 \begin_layout Section
17329 Graphics and Images
17330 \begin_inset Index idx
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 \begin_inset Index idx
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17352 name "sec:Graphics"
17359 \begin_layout Standard
17360 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17361 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17364 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17373 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17376 \begin_layout Standard
17377 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17382 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17383 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17385 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17386 \begin_inset space ~
17390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17392 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17399 \begin_layout Standard
17404 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17405 of the image in the output.
17406 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17410 \begin_inset space ~
17414 \begin_inset space ~
17423 \begin_inset space ~
17427 \begin_inset space ~
17431 \begin_inset space ~
17436 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17437 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17445 \begin_layout Standard
17448 LaTeX and LyX options
17450 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17451 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17455 \begin_inset space ~
17460 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17461 with the image size is printed.
17465 \begin_inset space ~
17469 \begin_inset space ~
17473 \begin_inset space ~
17478 is explained in the
17481 \begin_inset space ~
17493 \begin_layout Standard
17494 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17495 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17497 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17501 \begin_layout Standard
17503 \begin_inset Graphics
17504 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17512 \begin_layout Standard
17513 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17514 the image into a float, see section
17515 \begin_inset space ~
17519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17521 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17528 \begin_layout Subsection
17530 \begin_inset Index idx
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17542 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17549 \begin_layout Standard
17550 You can insert images in any known file format.
17551 But as we explained in section
17552 \begin_inset space ~
17556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17558 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17562 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17563 LyX therefore uses the program
17567 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17568 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17569 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17570 \begin_inset space ~
17574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17576 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17583 \begin_layout Standard
17584 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17587 \begin_layout Description
17589 \begin_inset space ~
17592 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17593 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17594 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17598 Graphics Interchange Format
17599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17602 (GIF, file extension
17603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17615 \begin_inset Index idx
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17650 Portable Network Graphics
17651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17654 (PNG, file extension
17655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17667 \begin_inset Index idx
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17702 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17706 (JPG, file extension
17707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17731 \begin_inset Index idx
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17765 \begin_layout Description
17767 \begin_inset space ~
17770 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17772 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17773 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17774 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17775 \begin_inset Newline newline
17778 Scalable image formats can be
17779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17782 Scalable Vector Graphics
17783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17786 (SVG, file extension
17787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17799 \begin_inset Index idx
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17834 Encapsulated PostScript
17835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17838 (EPS, file extension
17839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17851 \begin_inset Index idx
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17886 Portable Document Format
17887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17890 (PDF, file extension
17891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17903 \begin_inset Index idx
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17921 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17922 result will not be scalable.
17923 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17937 \begin_layout Standard
17938 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17942 \begin_layout Subsection
17943 Grouping of Image Settings
17944 \begin_inset Index idx
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 Images ! Settings grouping
17956 \begin_layout Standard
17957 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17959 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17960 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17962 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17963 need to manually change each of them.
17967 \begin_layout Standard
17968 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17971 \begin_inset space ~
17976 field in the Graphics dialog.
17977 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17978 by checking the name of the desired group.
17981 \begin_layout Section
17983 \begin_inset Index idx
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18002 \begin_layout Standard
18003 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
18006 arg "tabular-insert"
18011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18015 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
18016 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
18017 from the rest of the table.
18018 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
18019 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
18021 Here is an example table:
18024 \begin_layout Standard
18026 \begin_inset Tabular
18027 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
18028 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 \begin_layout Subsection
18236 \begin_layout Standard
18237 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18238 brings up the table dialog.
18239 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18240 where the cursor is placed currently.
18241 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18242 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18243 done on all of your selection.
18246 \begin_layout Standard
18247 In addition to the table dialog, the
18250 \begin_inset space ~
18255 helps you in setting table properties.
18256 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18259 \begin_layout Standard
18263 \begin_inset space ~
18268 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18269 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18270 current cell respectively.
18271 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18273 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18274 of text, see section
18275 \begin_inset space ~
18279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18281 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18288 \begin_layout Standard
18289 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18290 using the check box
18299 This will merge the cells to
18303 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18304 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18305 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18306 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18307 in the last row without the upper border:
18310 \begin_layout Standard
18312 \begin_inset Tabular
18313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18314 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18316 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18414 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 \begin_layout Standard
18450 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18451 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18452 explained in the tables section of the
18455 \begin_inset space ~
18461 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18465 degrees counterclockwise.
18466 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18469 \begin_layout Standard
18470 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18478 Most DVI-viewers are
18482 able to display rotations.
18490 \begin_layout Standard
18495 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18500 adds lines for all cell borders.
18503 \begin_layout Subsection
18505 \begin_inset Index idx
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18509 Tables ! Longtables
18515 \begin_inset Index idx
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 \begin_layout Standard
18528 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18531 \begin_inset space ~
18535 \begin_inset space ~
18544 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18545 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18548 \begin_layout Description
18553 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18554 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18555 except for the first page, if
18558 \begin_inset space ~
18566 \begin_layout Description
18570 \begin_inset space ~
18575 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18576 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18579 \begin_layout Description
18584 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18585 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18586 except for the last page, if
18589 \begin_inset space ~
18597 \begin_layout Description
18601 \begin_inset space ~
18606 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18607 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18610 \begin_layout Description
18611 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18612 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18618 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18621 \begin_inset space ~
18629 \begin_layout Standard
18630 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18631 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18632 that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18633 The others will then be defined as
18638 In this context, first means first in this order:
18641 \begin_inset space ~
18653 \begin_inset space ~
18659 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18662 \begin_layout Standard
18664 \begin_inset Tabular
18665 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18666 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18667 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18668 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18669 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18670 <row endfirsthead="true">
18671 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18682 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <row endfirsthead="true">
18702 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <row endhead="true">
18735 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18755 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 <row endhead="true">
18766 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18777 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18786 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18798 <row endfoot="true">
18799 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19791 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19800 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19913 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19975 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20099 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20130 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20161 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20223 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20254 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20347 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20409 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20440 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20471 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20533 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20564 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20626 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20657 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20688 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20719 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20750 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20780 <row endlastfoot="true">
20781 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20792 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20801 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20818 \begin_layout Subsection
20820 \begin_inset Index idx
20823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20832 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20839 \begin_layout Standard
20840 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20841 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20842 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20843 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20847 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20848 for the cell's paragraph.
20851 \begin_layout Standard
20852 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20853 for the column in the table dialog.
20854 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20855 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20859 \begin_layout Standard
20861 \begin_inset Tabular
20862 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20863 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20865 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21011 This is longer now.
21016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21067 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21068 This is longer now.
21073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 \begin_layout Standard
21100 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21101 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21106 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21107 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21113 Selection with the mouse or with
21117 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21118 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21119 the selection from outside the table.
21122 \begin_layout Section
21124 \begin_inset Index idx
21127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21143 \begin_layout Subsection
21147 \begin_layout Standard
21148 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21149 have a fixed location.
21151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21158 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21166 \begin_inset space ~
21171 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21172 too many notes on the page.
21175 \begin_layout Standard
21176 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21177 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21178 and pages without text.
21179 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21180 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21181 Floats are therefore numbered.
21182 Referencing is described in section
21183 \begin_inset space ~
21187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21189 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21196 \begin_layout Standard
21197 To insert a float, use the menu
21199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21203 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21204 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21206 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21207 \begin_inset Index idx
21210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21216 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21217 paragraph within the float.
21218 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21219 by left-clicking on the box label.
21220 A closed float box looks like this:
21221 \begin_inset Graphics
21222 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21227 – a gray button with a red label.
21230 \begin_layout Standard
21231 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21232 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21235 \begin_layout Subsection
21239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21243 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21248 \begin_inset Index idx
21251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21252 Floats ! Figure floats
21260 \begin_layout Standard
21262 \begin_inset space ~
21266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21268 reference "cap:Platypus"
21272 was created using the menu
21274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21275 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21278 or the toolbar button
21281 arg "float-insert figure"
21285 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21291 or the toolbar button
21294 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21298 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21299 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21301 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21303 \begin_inset space ~
21308 or the toolbar button
21311 arg "layout-paragraph"
21317 \begin_layout Standard
21318 \begin_inset Float figure
21323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21325 \begin_inset Graphics
21326 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21336 \begin_inset Caption
21338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21341 name "cap:Platypus"
21345 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21358 \begin_layout Standard
21359 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21361 As described in section
21362 \begin_inset space ~
21366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21368 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21372 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21377 or the toolbar button
21383 and refer to it using the menu
21385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21388 or the toolbar button
21391 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21395 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21404 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21416 \begin_layout Standard
21417 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21418 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21419 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21420 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21421 as described in section
21422 \begin_inset space ~
21426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21428 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21434 \begin_inset space ~
21438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21440 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21444 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21445 You can also set the images one below the other.
21447 \begin_inset space ~
21451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21453 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21460 reference "fig:Platypus"
21464 are the subfigures.
21467 \begin_layout Standard
21468 \begin_inset Float figure
21473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21474 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21478 \begin_inset Float figure
21483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21484 \begin_inset Caption
21486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21489 name "fig:Undefinable"
21501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21502 \begin_inset Graphics
21503 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21514 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21518 \begin_inset Float figure
21523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21524 \begin_inset Caption
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21529 name "fig:Platypus"
21541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21542 \begin_inset Graphics
21543 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21562 \begin_inset Caption
21564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21567 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21571 Two distorted images.
21584 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21586 \begin_inset Index idx
21589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21590 Floats ! Table floats
21598 \begin_layout Standard
21599 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21602 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21605 or the toolbar button
21608 arg "float-insert table"
21612 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21615 \begin_inset space ~
21619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21621 reference "tab:Table-float"
21628 \begin_layout Standard
21629 \begin_inset Float table
21634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21635 \begin_inset Caption
21637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21640 name "tab:Table-float"
21652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21654 \begin_inset Tabular
21655 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21656 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21658 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21659 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21786 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21807 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21810 \end{array}\right]$
21818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21831 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21852 \begin_layout Subsection
21854 \begin_inset Index idx
21857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21866 \begin_layout Standard
21867 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21868 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21869 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21871 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21879 \begin_inset space ~
21887 \begin_layout Section
21889 \begin_inset Index idx
21892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21901 name "sec:Minipages"
21908 \begin_layout Standard
21909 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21911 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21912 \begin_inset space ~
21919 \begin_layout Standard
21920 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21926 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21927 and its alignment within the page.
21930 \begin_layout Standard
21932 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21942 height_special "totalheight"
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21948 This is a minipage.
21949 The text is set in an italic style.
21952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21955 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21956 another formatting.
21964 \begin_layout Standard
21965 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21968 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21972 as described in section
21973 \begin_inset space ~
21977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21979 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21984 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21990 \begin_layout Standard
21991 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22001 height_special "totalheight"
22004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22005 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22006 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22012 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22016 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22026 height_special "totalheight"
22029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22030 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22031 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22039 \begin_layout Standard
22040 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22046 \begin_layout Standard
22047 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22048 to other box types.
22049 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22056 \begin_inset space ~
22064 \begin_layout Chapter
22065 Mathematical Formulas
22066 \begin_inset Index idx
22069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22076 \begin_inset Index idx
22079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22110 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22117 \begin_layout Standard
22118 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22123 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22126 \begin_layout Section
22128 \begin_inset Index idx
22131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22140 \begin_layout Standard
22141 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22148 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22150 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22151 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22152 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22160 \begin_layout Standard
22161 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22165 \begin_inset space ~
22170 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22173 \begin_layout Standard
22174 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22175 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22178 \begin_layout Standard
22179 This is a line with an inline formula
22180 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22186 \begin_layout Standard
22187 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22188 paragraph, like this one:
22189 \begin_inset Formula
22196 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22199 \begin_layout Standard
22200 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22206 \begin_inset space \space{}
22210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22223 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22224 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22228 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22231 \begin_inset space ~
22239 \begin_layout Subsection
22240 Navigating in Formulas
22241 \begin_inset Index idx
22244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22254 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22255 achieved with the arrow keys.
22256 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22257 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22262 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22263 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22267 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22271 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22274 \end{array}\right]$
22282 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22287 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22288 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22291 \begin_layout Standard
22296 , printed in this document as
22297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22318 \begin_inset Note Note
22321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22322 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22323 the space character (visible space).
22328 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22329 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22330 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22335 For example, if you want
22336 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22390 , since in the latter case only the
22393 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22398 will be under the square root sign:
22399 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22405 \begin_layout Standard
22406 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22408 \begin_inset Formula
22410 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22419 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22420 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22423 \begin_layout Subsection
22427 \begin_layout Standard
22428 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22429 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22433 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22434 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22435 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22436 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22437 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22440 \begin_layout Subsection
22441 Exponents and Subscripts
22442 \begin_inset Index idx
22445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22452 \begin_inset Index idx
22455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22464 \begin_layout Standard
22465 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22468 arg "math-superscript"
22474 arg "math-subscript"
22477 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22479 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22482 , type in a formula
22488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22504 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22510 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22514 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22535 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22544 , you have to use an extra
22548 to separate the hat and the character.
22550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22554 \begin_inset space \space{}
22558 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22579 Subscripts are similar: To get
22580 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22603 \begin_layout Subsection
22605 \begin_inset Index idx
22608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22617 \begin_layout Standard
22618 Create a fraction with either the command
22627 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22633 \begin_inset space ~
22639 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22640 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22641 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22646 To move back up, press
22651 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22652 \begin_inset Formula
22654 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22657 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22665 \begin_layout Subsection
22667 \begin_inset Index idx
22670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22679 \begin_layout Standard
22680 Roots can be created using the
22683 \begin_inset space ~
22691 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22697 arg "math-insert \\root"
22719 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22725 produces always a square root.
22728 \begin_layout Subsection
22729 Operators with Limits
22730 \begin_inset Index idx
22733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22740 \begin_inset Index idx
22743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22752 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22759 \begin_layout Standard
22761 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22765 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22768 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22769 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22770 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22771 The sum operator will automatically place its
22772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22779 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22782 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22786 \begin_inset Formula
22788 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22793 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22797 \begin_layout Standard
22798 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22800 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22801 behind the operator and hitting
22809 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22810 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22812 \begin_inset space ~
22816 \begin_inset space ~
22824 \begin_layout Standard
22825 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22833 feature as addition, such as
22834 \begin_inset Index idx
22837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22844 \begin_inset Formula
22846 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22851 which will place the
22852 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22864 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22865 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22871 \begin_layout Standard
22872 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22879 Have a look at section
22880 \begin_inset space ~
22884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22886 reference "sub:Functions"
22890 for an explanation of function macros.
22893 \begin_layout Subsection
22895 \begin_inset Index idx
22898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22907 \begin_layout Standard
22908 Most math symbols can be found in the
22911 \begin_inset space ~
22916 under one of several categories; including
22933 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22937 \begin_layout Standard
22938 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22939 you don't have to use the
22942 \begin_inset space ~
22947 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22948 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22951 \begin_layout Subsection
22953 \begin_inset Index idx
22956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22965 \begin_layout Standard
22966 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22971 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22977 \begin_inset space ~
22987 arg "math-insert \\space"
22993 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22994 For example, the sequence
22999 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23003 \begin_inset Graphics
23004 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23009 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23010 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23011 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23012 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23014 Here are two examples:
23017 \begin_layout Standard
23027 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23033 \begin_layout Standard
23043 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23049 \begin_layout Subsection
23051 \begin_inset Index idx
23054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23063 name "sub:Functions"
23070 \begin_layout Standard
23074 \begin_inset space ~
23079 contains under the button
23084 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23089 a number of function macros, such as
23090 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23094 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23102 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23109 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23110 avoid confusions, because
23111 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23115 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23121 \begin_layout Standard
23122 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23124 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23128 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23134 \begin_layout Standard
23135 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23136 s are placed, as described in section
23137 \begin_inset space ~
23141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23143 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23150 \begin_layout Subsection
23152 \begin_inset Index idx
23155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23164 \begin_layout Standard
23165 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23167 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23168 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23173 \begin_inset space \space{}
23177 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23180 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23181 Our example is entered by typing
23189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 \begin_inset space ~
23206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23208 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23212 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23215 \begin_layout Standard
23216 \begin_inset Float table
23221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23222 \begin_inset Caption
23224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23227 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23231 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23241 \begin_inset Tabular
23242 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23243 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23244 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23245 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23246 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23330 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23546 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23654 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23708 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23762 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23807 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23828 \begin_layout Standard
23829 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23832 \begin_inset space ~
23840 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23843 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23847 \begin_layout Section
23848 Brackets and Delimiters
23849 \begin_inset Index idx
23852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23859 \begin_inset Index idx
23862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23871 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23878 \begin_layout Standard
23879 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23880 For some purposes, using just the keys
23885 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23886 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23887 toolbar delimiter icon
23890 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23894 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23895 \begin_inset Formula
23897 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23905 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23906 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23910 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23913 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23919 \begin_inset Formula
23921 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23929 \begin_layout Standard
23930 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23931 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23935 \begin_layout Standard
23936 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23937 left side and right side.
23938 If you use the option
23941 \begin_inset space ~
23946 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23947 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23948 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23949 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23952 \begin_layout Standard
23953 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23954 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23955 go inside the brackets.
23956 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23961 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23962 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23963 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23964 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23965 the structure and enter
23968 \begin_inset space ~
23976 \begin_layout Section
23977 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23978 \begin_inset Index idx
23981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23988 \begin_inset Index idx
23991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23998 \begin_inset Index idx
24001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24002 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24010 \begin_layout Standard
24011 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24014 \begin_inset space ~
24024 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
24030 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24031 Here is an example:
24032 \begin_inset Formula
24034 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24043 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24044 \begin_inset space ~
24048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24050 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24055 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24056 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24057 This alignment is set in the box
24062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24110 for every column as default.
24111 For example, the sequence
24112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24123 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24124 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24125 corresponds to the relevant column.
24126 The result will look like this:
24127 \begin_inset Formula
24130 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24131 column & has & has\, right\\
24132 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24141 \begin_layout Standard
24142 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24145 arg "newline-insert newline"
24148 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24149 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24154 or the math toolbar.
24157 \begin_layout Standard
24158 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24159 It can be created with the menu
24161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24162 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24164 \begin_inset space ~
24176 Here is an example:
24177 \begin_inset Formula
24191 \begin_layout Standard
24192 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24195 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24198 arg "newline-insert newline"
24202 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24207 arg "newline-insert newline"
24210 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24218 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24219 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24220 A new row is created by every further hit of
24223 arg "newline-insert newline"
24227 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24228 Here is an example:
24229 \begin_inset Formula
24231 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24232 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24237 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24238 where you want to start the shift and hit
24243 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24244 position to the next column.
24245 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24246 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24247 \begin_inset Formula
24249 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24257 \begin_layout Standard
24258 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24265 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24266 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24269 reference "eq:asquared"
24274 The other types are described in section
24275 \begin_inset space ~
24279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24281 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24288 \begin_layout Section
24289 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24290 \begin_inset Index idx
24293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24294 Math ! Formula numbering
24300 \begin_inset Index idx
24303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24304 Math ! Referencing formulas
24310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24312 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24319 \begin_layout Standard
24320 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24322 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24323 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24325 \begin_inset space ~
24333 arg "math-number-toggle"
24337 The formula number appears in LyX as
24338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24345 within parentheses.
24347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24354 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24356 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24357 the document class.
24358 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24359 separated by a dot:
24360 \begin_inset Formula
24370 arg "math-number-toggle"
24373 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24374 You can only number displayed formulas.
24377 \begin_layout Standard
24378 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24380 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24381 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24383 \begin_inset space ~
24387 \begin_inset space ~
24391 \begin_inset space ~
24399 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24402 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24403 \begin_inset Formula
24406 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24412 To number all lines use the shortcut
24415 arg "math-number-toggle"
24421 \begin_layout Standard
24422 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24425 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24426 A label is inserted with the menu
24428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24431 when the cursor is in the formula.
24432 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24433 It is recommended to use the proposed
24434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24445 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24446 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24447 We inserted in the following example the label
24448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24455 in the second line:
24456 \begin_inset Formula
24458 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24459 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24464 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24465 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24475 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24479 \begin_inset space ~
24485 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24486 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24487 as the formula number:
24490 \begin_layout Standard
24491 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24494 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24503 \begin_inset space ~
24507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24509 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24514 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24522 \begin_layout Section
24523 User defined math macros
24524 \begin_inset Index idx
24527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24536 \begin_layout Standard
24537 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24538 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24539 Math macros are explained in section
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24554 \begin_layout Section
24558 \begin_layout Subsection
24560 \begin_inset Index idx
24563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24572 \begin_layout Standard
24573 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24574 To set a font in a formula, use the
24577 \begin_inset space ~
24587 arg "math-insert \\font"
24592 , or enter its command, listed in table
24593 \begin_inset space ~
24597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24599 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24606 \begin_layout Standard
24607 \begin_inset Float table
24612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24613 \begin_inset Caption
24615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24618 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24622 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24632 \begin_inset Tabular
24633 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24634 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24635 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24636 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24668 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24695 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24722 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24755 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24782 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24809 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24843 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24870 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24904 \begin_layout Standard
24905 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24913 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24929 \begin_layout Standard
24930 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24931 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24936 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24937 space when you need a space in the box.
24938 Here is an example where
24939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24950 denotes the set of numbers:
24951 \begin_inset Formula
24953 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24961 \begin_layout Standard
24962 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24964 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24968 \begin_inset space \space{}
24980 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24984 \begin_inset Newline newline
24987 So it is better not to use this feature.
24990 \begin_layout Standard
24991 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24992 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24996 \begin_inset Newline newline
24999 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25005 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25006 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25012 \begin_layout Standard
25019 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25022 \begin_layout Standard
25023 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25025 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25026 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25028 \begin_inset space ~
25036 \begin_layout Subsection
25038 \begin_inset Index idx
25041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25050 \begin_layout Standard
25051 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25053 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25057 \begin_inset space ~
25061 \begin_inset space ~
25069 \begin_inset space ~
25079 arg "math-insert \\font"
25091 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25092 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25093 Here is an example:
25094 \begin_inset Formula
25097 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25098 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25107 \begin_layout Subsection
25109 \begin_inset Index idx
25112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25121 \begin_layout Standard
25122 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25123 automatically chosen in most situations.
25141 For most characters,
25149 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25150 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25155 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25156 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25158 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25163 arg "math-insert \\style"
25169 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25170 For example, you can set
25171 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25174 , which is normally in
25183 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25187 The four styles are used in the following example:
25190 \begin_layout Standard
25191 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25195 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25199 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25203 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25209 \begin_layout Standard
25210 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25211 is set in a particular size with the menu
25213 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25215 \begin_inset space ~
25220 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25221 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25222 will be adjusted to correspond.
25223 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25234 \begin_layout Standard
25238 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25244 \begin_layout Section
25248 \begin_layout Standard
25249 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25250 the document classes and into layout modules.
25251 \begin_inset Index idx
25254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25260 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25261 other than the AMS classes.
25263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25265 reference "sub:Modules"
25269 for more on layout modules.
25272 \begin_layout Section
25274 \begin_inset Index idx
25277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 \begin_inset Index idx
25287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25298 (AMS) that are in common use.
25301 \begin_layout Subsection
25302 Enabling AMS-Support
25305 \begin_layout Standard
25306 Selecting the checkbox
25309 \begin_inset space ~
25313 \begin_inset space ~
25317 \begin_inset space ~
25324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25328 \begin_inset Index idx
25331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25332 Document ! Settings
25340 \begin_inset space ~
25345 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25346 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25347 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25350 \begin_layout Subsection
25352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25354 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25359 \begin_inset Index idx
25362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25363 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25371 \begin_layout Standard
25372 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25373 LyX allows you to choose between
25394 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25397 \begin_layout Chapter
25401 \begin_layout Section
25403 \begin_inset Index idx
25406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25415 name "sec:Cross-References"
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25423 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25424 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25426 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25427 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25428 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25431 \begin_layout Enumerate
25435 \begin_layout Enumerate
25436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25438 name "enu:Second-item"
25445 \begin_layout Enumerate
25449 \begin_layout Standard
25450 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25455 or by pressing the toolbar button
25462 A gray label box like this:
25463 \begin_inset Graphics
25464 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25469 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25470 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25505 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25510 \begin_inset space \space{}
25513 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25530 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25535 or the toolbar button
25538 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25542 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25543 \begin_inset Graphics
25544 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25549 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25551 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25564 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25568 \begin_layout Standard
25571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25574 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25579 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25580 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25582 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25594 \begin_layout Standard
25595 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25596 \begin_inset space ~
25600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25602 reference "enu:Second-item"
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25610 It is recommended to use a protected space
25614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25615 described in section
25616 \begin_inset space ~
25620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25622 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25631 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25632 line breaks between them.
25635 \begin_layout Standard
25636 There are six formats of cross-references:
25639 \begin_layout Description
25640 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25643 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25650 \begin_layout Description
25651 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25652 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25664 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25671 \begin_layout Description
25672 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25673 \begin_inset space ~
25677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25678 LatexCommand pageref
25679 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25686 \begin_layout Description
25688 \begin_inset space ~
25692 \begin_inset space ~
25695 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25697 LatexCommand vpageref
25698 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25705 \begin_layout Description
25707 \begin_inset space ~
25711 \begin_inset space ~
25715 \begin_inset space ~
25718 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25721 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25728 \begin_layout Description
25730 \begin_inset space ~
25733 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25734 \begin_inset Newline newline
25738 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25746 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25755 \begin_inset Index idx
25758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25759 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25765 \begin_inset Index idx
25768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25769 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25780 \begin_inset Newline newline
25783 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25786 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25790 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25791 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25799 is the default and preferred because
25803 supports only English documents.
25804 The format is specified by using the command
25816 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25817 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25830 ) can be done with this command
25831 \begin_inset Newline newline
25838 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25843 \begin_inset Newline newline
25846 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25848 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25850 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25857 \begin_layout Description
25859 \begin_inset space ~
25862 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25864 LatexCommand nameref
25865 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25872 \begin_layout Standard
25877 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25884 \begin_inset space \space{}
25888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25902 <reference> on page <page>
25904 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25907 \begin_layout Standard
25908 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25909 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25910 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25914 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25919 You can only use the style
25923 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25927 is always possible.
25930 \begin_layout Standard
25931 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25932 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25934 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25935 \begin_inset space ~
25939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25941 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25948 \begin_layout Standard
25949 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25953 \begin_inset space ~
25957 \begin_inset space ~
25962 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25963 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25966 \begin_inset space ~
25971 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25972 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25975 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25982 You can change labels at any time.
25983 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25984 do not need to think about this.
25987 \begin_layout Standard
25988 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25989 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25992 \begin_layout Standard
25993 References are described in detail in sec.
25994 \begin_inset space ~
25998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26008 \begin_inset space ~
26016 \begin_layout Section
26017 Table of Contents and other Listings
26018 \begin_inset Index idx
26021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26028 \begin_inset Index idx
26031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26047 \begin_layout Subsection
26049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26051 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26058 \begin_layout Standard
26059 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26062 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26064 \begin_inset space ~
26068 \begin_inset space ~
26074 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26075 If you click on it, the
26079 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26080 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26081 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26083 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26086 that is described in sec.
26087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26093 reference "sec:Navigating"
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26101 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26102 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26104 \begin_inset space ~
26108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26110 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26114 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26116 \begin_inset space ~
26120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26122 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26126 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26128 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26131 \begin_layout Subsection
26132 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26135 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26142 \begin_layout Standard
26143 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26144 You can insert them via the
26146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26148 \begin_inset space ~
26152 \begin_inset space ~
26158 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26161 \begin_layout Section
26162 URLs and Hyperlinks
26163 \begin_inset Index idx
26166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26173 \begin_inset Index idx
26176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26185 \begin_layout Subsection
26187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26197 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26206 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26207 \begin_inset Flex URL
26210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26221 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26227 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26232 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26240 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26248 \begin_layout Subsection
26250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26252 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26259 \begin_layout Standard
26260 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26265 or with the toolbar button
26272 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26281 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26282 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26283 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26285 name "LyX's homepage"
26286 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26290 , an Email address like this:
26291 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26293 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26294 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26299 , or a link to a file.
26302 \begin_layout Standard
26303 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26316 to the link target.
26319 \begin_layout Standard
26320 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26321 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26322 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26323 the text style dialog.
26324 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26328 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26330 name "LyX's homepage"
26331 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26338 \begin_layout Standard
26339 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26343 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26345 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26346 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26350 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26352 \begin_inset Newline newline
26360 \begin_inset Newline newline
26367 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26370 \begin_layout Section
26372 \begin_inset Index idx
26375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26384 name "sec:Appendices"
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26392 Appendices are created with the menu
26394 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26396 \begin_inset space ~
26400 \begin_inset space ~
26406 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26407 as the appendix region.
26408 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26412 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26413 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26414 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26415 and the subsection number.
26416 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26420 \begin_layout Standard
26422 \begin_inset space ~
26426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26428 reference "cha:Credits"
26433 \begin_inset space ~
26437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26439 reference "sub:Export"
26446 \begin_layout Section
26448 \begin_inset Index idx
26451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26460 name "sec:Bibliography"
26467 \begin_layout Standard
26468 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26469 You can include a bibliography database,
26473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26474 Known under the name
26475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26487 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26488 manually, using the paragraph environment
26492 , which was described in section
26493 \begin_inset space ~
26497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26499 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26504 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26505 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26509 use a bibliography database.
26512 \begin_layout Subsection
26513 The Bibliography Environment
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26521 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26523 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26532 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26534 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26543 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26546 \begin_layout Standard
26547 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26552 or the toolbar button
26555 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26559 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26560 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26561 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26562 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26566 \begin_layout Standard
26567 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26568 entry with surrounding brackets.
26573 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26574 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26589 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26594 key "latexcompanion"
26601 \begin_layout Standard
26602 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26612 \begin_layout Subsection
26613 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26614 \begin_inset Index idx
26617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26618 Bibliography ! Databases
26624 \begin_inset Index idx
26627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26628 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26636 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26643 \begin_layout Standard
26644 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26650 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26652 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26653 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26658 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26660 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26661 your working field in a database.
26662 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26663 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26664 list for that document.
26665 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26669 \begin_layout Standard
26670 The database is a text file with the file extension
26671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26682 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26683 The format is explained in
26684 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26690 and in LaTeX books (
26691 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26693 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26698 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26699 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26700 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26701 \begin_inset Flex URL
26704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26706 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26714 \begin_layout Standard
26715 To use a database, use the menu
26717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26722 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26735 \begin_inset space ~
26741 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26742 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26745 Add bibliography to TOC
26747 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26752 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26753 in the document or just the cited references.
26756 \begin_layout Standard
26757 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26769 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26770 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26771 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26773 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26779 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26780 \begin_inset Newline newline
26784 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26786 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26798 \begin_layout Standard
26799 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26802 \begin_layout Standard
26803 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26804 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26805 either in the document settings under
26809 or in LyX's preferences under
26811 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26826 The following variants are possible:
26829 \begin_layout Description
26830 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26831 other bibliography packages (like e.
26832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26836 \begin_inset space ~
26843 ), only with the package
26847 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26851 \begin_layout Description
26852 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26853 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26854 with all bibliography packages, except of
26859 \begin_layout Description
26860 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26865 , works with all bibliography packages
26868 \begin_layout Standard
26869 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26871 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26877 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26887 When you select the option
26889 Sectioned bibliography
26893 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26896 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26897 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26899 Customizing Bibliographies
26907 Additional Features
26912 \begin_layout Standard
26913 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26914 the two methods of creating them.
26915 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26916 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26917 We used the style file
26921 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26924 \begin_layout Subsection
26925 Bibliography layout
26926 \begin_inset Index idx
26929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26930 Bibliography ! Layout
26938 \begin_layout Standard
26939 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26940 For this feature you need to enable the option
26946 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26950 \begin_inset Index idx
26953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26954 Document ! Settings
26964 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26965 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26966 in the previous section.
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26970 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26971 the citation reference window.
26972 Here is an example where the text
26973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26977 \begin_inset space ~
26981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26984 appears after the reference:
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26989 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26992 key "latexcompanion"
26999 \begin_layout Section
27001 \begin_inset Index idx
27004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27021 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27025 \begin_inset space ~
27030 or the toolbar button
27038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27049 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27050 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27051 by LyX as the index entry.
27054 \begin_layout Standard
27055 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27056 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27058 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27060 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27067 \begin_layout Standard
27068 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27072 \begin_inset space ~
27076 \begin_inset space ~
27079 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27081 \begin_inset space ~
27087 A light blue box labeled
27088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27099 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27100 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27103 \begin_layout Subsection
27104 Grouping Index Entries
27105 \begin_inset Index idx
27108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27118 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27120 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27121 lists under the entry
27122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27130 First we create the entry
27131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27139 \begin_inset space ~
27143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27145 reference "sub:Lists"
27150 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27151 \begin_inset space ~
27155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27157 reference "sec:Itemize"
27161 , we insert the command
27164 \begin_layout Standard
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27174 \begin_layout Standard
27180 \begin_layout Standard
27181 for the enumerated list in section
27182 \begin_inset space ~
27186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27188 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27196 The exclamation mark
27197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27204 marks the grouping levels.
27205 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27206 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27207 If we don't have an index entry for
27208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27215 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27218 \begin_layout Subsection
27220 \begin_inset Index idx
27223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27224 Index ! Page ranges
27232 \begin_layout Standard
27233 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27235 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27241 \begin_inset space \space{}
27244 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27246 \begin_inset space ~
27250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27252 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27259 \begin_layout Standard
27262 Paragraph environments|(
27265 \begin_layout Standard
27266 and another entry at the end of section
27267 \begin_inset space ~
27271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27273 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27280 \begin_layout Standard
27283 Paragraph environments|)
27286 \begin_layout Standard
27288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27311 respectively start and end the index range.
27312 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27313 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27314 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27315 An example is the index entry
27316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27319 Document ! Settings
27320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27326 \begin_layout Subsection
27328 \begin_inset Index idx
27331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27332 Index ! Cross referencing
27340 \begin_layout Standard
27341 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27342 We referred for example in the index entry
27343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27351 \begin_inset space ~
27355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27357 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27361 ) to the index entry
27362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27369 in the same section using the entry
27372 \begin_layout Standard
27375 GIF|see{Image formats}
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27379 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27380 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27381 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27384 \begin_layout Subsection
27386 \begin_inset Index idx
27389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27390 Index ! Entry order
27398 \begin_layout Standard
27399 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27400 follow the rules for the index order.
27401 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27406 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27408 \begin_inset space ~
27412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27414 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27423 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27424 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27449 \begin_inset Index idx
27452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27453 Dummy entries ! maïs
27459 \begin_inset Index idx
27462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27463 Dummy entries ! maître
27469 \begin_inset Index idx
27472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27473 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27478 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27479 order maïs, maison, maître.
27480 To achieve this, we use the command
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27486 previous entry@current entry
27489 \begin_layout Standard
27490 In our case we want to have
27491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27506 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27515 \begin_layout Standard
27516 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27517 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27518 See the next subsection for an example.
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27522 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27528 \begin_layout Standard
27529 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27534 to generate the index (see sec.
27535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27541 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27550 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27558 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27562 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27563 index commands start with
27564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27576 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27581 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27584 \begin_layout Standard
27596 \begin_layout Standard
27608 \begin_layout Subsection
27610 \begin_inset Index idx
27613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27614 Index ! Entry layout
27622 \begin_layout Standard
27623 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27624 \begin_inset Index idx
27627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27630 This is an italic dummy entry
27635 You can also format the page number using the character
27636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27643 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27644 We can write for example
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27650 italic page number:|textit
27653 \begin_layout Standard
27654 to get the page number in italic.
27655 \begin_inset Index idx
27658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27659 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27664 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27682 \begin_inset space ~
27688 Have a look at section
27689 \begin_inset space ~
27693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27695 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27699 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27702 \begin_layout Standard
27703 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27711 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27715 to generate the index, see sec.
27716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27722 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27731 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27732 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27734 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27737 key "latexcompanion"
27749 \begin_layout Standard
27750 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27752 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27753 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27754 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27755 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27756 If so, put the following in the preamble
27759 \begin_layout Standard
27771 \begin_layout Standard
27775 \begin_layout Standard
27781 \begin_layout Standard
27782 in the index entry.
27783 \begin_inset Index idx
27786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27787 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27792 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27793 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27794 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27797 \begin_layout Standard
27798 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27800 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27804 \begin_inset space \space{}
27807 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27808 for all index entries.
27809 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27821 documentation for details,
27822 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27824 key "makeindex,xindy"
27831 \begin_layout Subsection
27833 \begin_inset Index idx
27836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27845 name "sub:Index-Program"
27852 \begin_layout Standard
27853 If the index entry program
27857 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27861 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27870 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27871 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27872 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27873 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27874 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27884 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27885 dialog, see section
27886 \begin_inset space ~
27890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27892 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27897 The available options are listed and explained in
27898 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27900 key "makeindex,xindy"
27905 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27909 \begin_layout Standard
27910 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27911 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27915 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27919 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27920 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27923 \begin_layout Subsection
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27928 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27929 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27937 next to the standard index.
27938 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27939 packages that add this feature.
27945 \begin_inset Index idx
27948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27949 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27954 package to generate multiple indexes.
27955 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27956 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27957 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27964 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27965 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27966 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27969 \begin_layout Standard
27970 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27973 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27980 Use multiple Indexes
27981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27985 Note that the list of
27986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27993 below already contains the standard index.
27994 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27995 also appear as a heading) to the
27996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28003 input field and press the
28004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28012 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28013 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28014 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28018 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28024 The label color may help you to differentiate between index entries of
28025 different indexes in the LyX work area.
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28029 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28034 \begin_inset space ~
28038 \begin_inset space ~
28047 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28048 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28049 are some additional features:
28052 \begin_layout Itemize
28053 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28054 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28057 \begin_layout Itemize
28058 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28059 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28068 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28073 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28074 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28075 to the non-subindexes.
28078 \begin_layout Section
28079 Nomenclature / Glossary
28080 \begin_inset Index idx
28083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28090 \begin_inset Index idx
28093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28124 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28131 \begin_layout Standard
28132 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28133 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28138 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28143 \begin_inset Index idx
28146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28147 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28153 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28154 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28160 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28164 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28165 and then use the menu
28167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28173 \begin_inset space ~
28178 or the toolbar button
28181 arg "nomencl-insert"
28186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28197 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28200 \begin_layout Standard
28201 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28202 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28203 The second is the description of the symbol.
28206 \begin_layout Standard
28207 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28215 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28223 \begin_layout Subsection
28224 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28225 \begin_inset Index idx
28228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28229 Nomenclature ! Layout
28237 \begin_layout Standard
28238 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28242 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28248 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28256 \begin_inset Newline newline
28264 \begin_inset Newline newline
28270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28277 character starts/ends the formula.
28278 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28290 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28300 \begin_layout Standard
28301 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28302 \begin_inset space ~
28306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28308 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28315 \begin_layout Standard
28319 \begin_inset space ~
28324 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28325 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28330 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28337 in this document is:
28338 \begin_inset Newline newline
28343 dummy entry for the character
28348 \begin_inset Newline newline
28360 \begin_inset space ~
28370 font use the command
28399 \begin_layout Subsection
28400 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28401 \begin_inset Index idx
28404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28405 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28413 \begin_layout Standard
28414 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28415 the symbol definition.
28416 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28417 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28420 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28421 LatexCommand nomenclature
28423 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28430 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28434 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28435 LatexCommand nomenclature
28438 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28443 They will be sorted by
28444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28470 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28473 will be sorted before the
28477 since the character
28478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28485 is considered in sorting.
28488 \begin_layout Standard
28489 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28492 \begin_inset space ~
28497 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28498 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28500 For the example given, you can insert
28504 in this field for the
28505 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28512 will be located before
28513 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28519 \begin_layout Standard
28520 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28525 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28534 \begin_layout Subsection
28535 Nomenclature Options
28536 \begin_inset Index idx
28539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28540 Nomenclature ! Options
28548 \begin_layout Standard
28553 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28554 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28557 \begin_layout Description
28558 refeq Appends the phrase
28559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28574 to every nomenclature entry, where
28580 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28583 \begin_layout Description
28584 refpage Appends the phrase
28585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28600 to every nomenclature entry, where
28606 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28609 \begin_layout Description
28610 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28614 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28615 class options list in the
28617 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28621 In this document the options
28628 \begin_layout Standard
28629 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28635 \begin_layout Standard
28636 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28637 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28642 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28645 \begin_layout Description
28655 \begin_layout Description
28658 nomrefpage Like the
28665 \begin_layout Description
28668 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28677 \begin_layout Description
28681 \begin_inset space ~
28687 \begin_inset space ~
28692 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28695 \begin_layout Standard
28697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28704 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28705 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28708 \begin_layout Standard
28716 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28719 \begin_inset Newline newline
28726 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28731 \begin_inset Newline newline
28735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28750 by their translation.
28753 \begin_layout Subsection
28754 Printing the Nomenclature
28755 \begin_inset Index idx
28758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28759 Nomenclature ! Printing
28767 \begin_layout Standard
28768 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28772 \begin_inset space ~
28776 \begin_inset space ~
28779 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28795 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28796 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28797 You can choose between these settings:
28800 \begin_layout Description
28801 Default a space of 1
28802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28808 \begin_layout Description
28810 \begin_inset space ~
28814 \begin_inset space ~
28817 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28820 \begin_layout Description
28821 Custom custom space
28824 \begin_layout Standard
28825 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28834 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28842 For example, in order to change the name to
28846 , add the following line to the preamble:
28849 \begin_layout Standard
28857 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28860 \begin_layout Subsection
28861 Nomenclature Program
28862 \begin_inset Index idx
28865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28866 Nomenclature ! Program
28872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28874 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28881 \begin_layout Standard
28882 LyX uses the program
28886 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28887 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28892 by adding options, see section
28893 \begin_inset space ~
28897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28899 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28904 The available options are listed and explained in
28905 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28907 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28914 \begin_layout Section
28916 \begin_inset Index idx
28919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28926 \begin_inset Index idx
28929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28930 Document ! Branches
28936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28938 name "sec:Branches"
28945 \begin_layout Standard
28946 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28947 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28948 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28949 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28952 \begin_layout Standard
28953 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28954 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28955 To create a branch, either select the menu
28957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28958 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28961 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28963 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28970 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28971 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28972 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28973 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28974 (see below for an example).
28975 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28976 to the name of the other) and to add
28977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28989 \begin_inset space ~
28992 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28993 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28996 \begin_layout Standard
28997 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28998 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29003 where you can choose a branch.
29004 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29008 \begin_layout Standard
29009 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29010 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
29013 \begin_layout Standard
29014 \begin_inset Branch Question
29017 \begin_layout Standard
29018 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29026 \begin_layout Standard
29027 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29030 \begin_layout Standard
29031 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29039 \begin_layout Standard
29046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29047 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29050 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29051 Consider for example a file
29052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29059 which has the above branches.
29061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29068 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29092 branch were inactive,
29093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29108 branch was active, likewise
29109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29124 branch was active, and
29125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29128 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29132 if both branches were active.
29133 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29137 \begin_layout Standard
29138 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29144 \begin_layout Standard
29145 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29146 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29148 For example you can define for the question branch
29152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29153 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29154 \begin_inset space ~
29158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29160 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29172 \begin_layout Standard
29182 \begin_layout Standard
29192 \begin_layout Standard
29193 and for the answer branch
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29206 \begin_layout Standard
29216 \begin_layout Standard
29217 \begin_inset Branch Question
29220 \begin_layout Standard
29224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29252 \begin_layout Standard
29253 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29256 \begin_layout Standard
29260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29288 \begin_layout Standard
29289 Now it is possible to use the commands
29293 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29300 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29303 to obtain conditional output.
29304 Here is an example formula where only the
29311 \begin_inset Formula
29313 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29321 \begin_layout Standard
29322 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29330 \begin_layout Section
29332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29334 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29339 \begin_inset Index idx
29342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29351 \begin_layout Standard
29356 dialog allows you in the
29360 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29361 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29366 \begin_inset Index idx
29369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29370 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29378 \begin_layout Standard
29383 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29384 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29385 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29387 You can specify in the dialog tab
29391 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29393 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29394 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29403 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29404 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29405 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29407 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29408 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29410 \begin_inset space ~
29413 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29414 \begin_inset space ~
29417 1 will only display the sections.
29420 \begin_layout Standard
29421 The header information in the dialog tab
29425 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29426 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29431 \begin_inset space \space{}
29434 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29435 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29438 Automatic fill header
29440 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29441 title and author settings.
29444 \begin_layout Standard
29447 Load in fullscreen mode
29449 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29452 \begin_layout Standard
29453 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29454 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29460 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29461 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29470 \begin_layout Section
29471 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29474 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29481 \begin_layout Subsection
29483 \begin_inset Index idx
29486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29495 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29502 \begin_layout Standard
29503 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29504 constructs, but not all.
29505 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29506 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29507 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29508 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29509 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29513 \begin_layout Standard
29514 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29516 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29520 \begin_inset space ~
29525 or by the toolbar button
29538 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29546 \begin_layout Standard
29547 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29548 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29549 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29550 using the LaTeX-command
29556 , you can write the command part
29562 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29566 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29567 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29568 the following example:
29571 \begin_layout Standard
29572 \begin_inset Graphics
29573 filename clipart/ERT.png
29581 \begin_layout Standard
29585 \begin_layout Standard
29586 This is a line with a
29590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29613 \begin_layout Standard
29614 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29622 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29623 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29631 \begin_layout Subsection
29632 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29633 \begin_inset Argument
29636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29643 \begin_inset Index idx
29646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29655 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29662 \begin_layout Standard
29663 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29664 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29665 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29674 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29675 any time if you know the right commands.
29677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29681 \begin_inset space \space{}
29684 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29686 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29687 all caption labels bold.
29688 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29690 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29694 \begin_layout Standard
29695 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29696 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29697 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29699 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29708 \begin_layout Standard
29709 As result you find that the package
29714 \begin_inset Index idx
29717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29718 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29724 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29732 \begin_layout Standard
29737 usepackage[options]{package name}
29740 \begin_layout Standard
29741 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29742 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29743 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29746 \begin_layout Standard
29747 In your case the package name is
29752 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29757 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29758 So you add the command
29761 \begin_layout Standard
29766 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29769 \begin_layout Standard
29770 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29775 For more commands provided by the
29779 package, have a look at its documentation,
29780 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29794 \begin_layout Standard
29795 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29797 For example if you use a
29801 class, you don't need the package
29805 , you can instead write
29808 \begin_layout Standard
29813 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29818 \begin_layout Standard
29819 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29820 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29821 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29828 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29831 \begin_layout Standard
29832 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29833 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29835 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29836 the previous section.
29839 \begin_layout Standard
29840 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29842 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29844 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29851 \begin_layout Standard
29852 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29858 \begin_layout Standard
29862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29872 \begin_inset Note Note
29875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29876 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29884 \begin_layout Left Header
29885 \begin_inset Argument
29888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29908 \begin_inset Note Note
29911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29912 defines the header line as described below
29920 \begin_layout Center Header
29921 \begin_inset Argument
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 \begin_layout Right Header
29934 \begin_inset Argument
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29958 \begin_layout Left Footer
29959 \begin_inset Argument
29962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29983 \begin_layout Center Footer
29984 \begin_inset Argument
29987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29998 \begin_inset Newline newline
30002 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30008 \begin_layout Right Footer
30009 \begin_inset Argument
30012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30034 \begin_layout Section
30035 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30038 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
30043 \begin_inset Index idx
30046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 Document ! Header/Footer line
30053 \begin_inset Index idx
30056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 \begin_layout Standard
30066 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30067 to set the headings style to
30073 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30079 \begin_inset space ~
30085 As a second step add in the menu
30087 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30088 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30095 Custom Header/Footerlines
30096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30100 This module offers the following 6
30101 \begin_inset space ~
30107 \begin_layout Description
30109 \begin_inset space ~
30113 \begin_inset space ~
30117 \begin_inset space ~
30121 \begin_inset space ~
30125 \begin_inset space ~
30131 \begin_layout Description
30133 \begin_inset space ~
30137 \begin_inset space ~
30141 \begin_inset space ~
30145 \begin_inset space ~
30149 \begin_inset space ~
30155 \begin_layout Standard
30156 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30159 \begin_layout Standard
30160 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30161 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30163 \begin_inset space ~
30167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30169 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30173 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30176 \begin_layout Standard
30177 \begin_inset Float figure
30183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 \begin_inset Tabular
30187 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30188 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30189 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30191 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30193 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30211 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30240 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30251 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30255 The normal text on the page goes here.
30256 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30258 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30259 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30264 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30273 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30284 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30313 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30331 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 \begin_inset Caption
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30354 name "fig:Page-layout"
30358 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30371 \begin_layout Subsection
30375 \begin_layout Standard
30376 To define your header line, add all 3
30377 \begin_inset space ~
30381 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30382 the optional arguments on even pages.
30383 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30385 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30386 Defining the footer line works similar.
30389 \begin_layout Standard
30390 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30406 \begin_inset space ~
30414 \begin_layout Description
30417 thepage prints the current page number
30420 \begin_layout Description
30423 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30426 \begin_layout Description
30429 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30432 \begin_layout Description
30435 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30436 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30443 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30446 because it usually goes in a left header.
30449 \begin_layout Description
30452 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30453 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30455 It is normally used in the right header.
30458 \begin_layout Subsection
30459 Default header/footer
30462 \begin_layout Standard
30463 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30464 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30465 footer has the page number.
30466 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30467 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30468 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30471 \begin_inset space ~
30479 \begin_layout Subsection
30483 \begin_layout Standard
30484 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30485 Some pages are different.
30486 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30487 a new part or chapter in your book.
30488 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30489 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30490 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30493 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30494 Header and footer decoration line
30497 \begin_layout Standard
30498 By default, you get a 0.4
30499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30502 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30503 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30515 in the following scheme:
30518 \begin_layout Standard
30525 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30528 \begin_layout Standard
30529 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30538 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30545 \begin_layout Standard
30546 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30547 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30548 \begin_inset space ~
30552 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30562 Several header/footer lines
30565 \begin_layout Standard
30566 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30567 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30568 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30570 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30582 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30585 \begin_layout Standard
30592 headheight}{height}
30595 \begin_layout Standard
30596 Where height is a size in standard units.
30597 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30598 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30599 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30615 and look via the button
30618 \begin_inset space ~
30623 if you find a warning of the package
30628 \begin_inset Index idx
30631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30638 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30639 for your header/footer.
30642 \begin_layout Subsection
30646 \begin_layout Standard
30647 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30648 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30649 This example consists of the following definition:
30652 \begin_layout Description
30654 \begin_inset space ~
30663 , empty optional argument
30666 \begin_layout Description
30668 \begin_inset space ~
30671 Header empty, empty optional argument
30674 \begin_layout Description
30676 \begin_inset space ~
30685 in the optional argument
30688 \begin_layout Description
30690 \begin_inset space ~
30699 in the optional argument
30702 \begin_layout Description
30704 \begin_inset space ~
30716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30720 \begin_inset Newline newline
30724 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30731 in the optional argument
30734 \begin_layout Description
30736 \begin_inset space ~
30745 , empty optional argument
30748 \begin_layout Description
30751 headrulewidth set to 2
30752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30758 \begin_layout Standard
30759 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30760 For more special things like e.
30761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30765 \begin_inset space ~
30768 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30773 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30782 \begin_layout Standard
30783 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30789 \begin_layout Standard
30793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 pagestyle{headings}
30803 \begin_inset Note Note
30806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30807 switches back to page style with the default headings
30815 \begin_layout Section
30816 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30819 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30824 \begin_inset Index idx
30827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 \begin_inset Index idx
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30846 \begin_layout Standard
30847 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30848 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30849 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30852 \begin_layout Subsection
30856 \begin_layout Standard
30857 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30862 \begin_inset Index idx
30865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30866 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30871 (on some systems named simply
30876 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30878 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30884 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30885 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30893 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30894 automatically installed together with LyX.
30897 \begin_layout Subsection
30901 \begin_layout Standard
30902 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30903 LaTeX, activate the option
30906 \begin_inset space ~
30913 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30919 \begin_inset space ~
30923 \begin_inset space ~
30926 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30933 \begin_inset space ~
30946 \begin_inset space ~
30951 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30954 \begin_layout Standard
30955 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30959 \begin_layout Standard
30960 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30968 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30969 generated by activating the option
30972 \begin_inset space ~
30978 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30986 \begin_layout Subsection
30987 Selected document parts
30990 \begin_layout Standard
30991 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30992 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30993 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30994 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31000 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
31001 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
31002 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
31005 \begin_layout Standard
31006 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
31012 which is not yet supported by LyX.
31016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31023 is explained in section
31025 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
31030 \begin_inset space ~
31040 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
31041 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
31043 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
31045 Here is the result:
31048 \begin_layout Standard
31049 \begin_inset Preview
31051 \begin_layout Standard
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31060 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31066 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31076 height_special "totalheight"
31079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31104 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31110 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31132 \begin_layout Standard
31133 Previewing works also for colors.
31134 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 is explained in section
31159 \begin_inset space ~
31172 \begin_layout Standard
31173 \begin_inset Preview
31175 \begin_layout Standard
31179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31198 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31203 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31222 \begin_layout Standard
31223 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31229 \begin_layout Standard
31230 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31231 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31232 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31234 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31235 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31236 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31237 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31241 \begin_layout Subsection
31245 \begin_layout Standard
31246 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31249 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31251 \begin_inset space ~
31256 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31257 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31259 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31260 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31261 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31262 the source view window.
31265 \begin_layout Section
31266 Advanced Find and Replace
31267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31269 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31274 \begin_inset Index idx
31277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31284 \begin_inset Index idx
31287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31296 \begin_layout Subsection
31300 \begin_layout Standard
31301 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31302 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31303 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31304 The key-features are:
31307 \begin_layout Itemize
31308 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31309 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31310 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31314 \begin_layout Itemize
31315 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31316 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31317 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31318 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31321 \begin_layout Itemize
31322 Search may be widened to a specific
31327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31331 \begin_inset space ~
31334 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31335 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31342 \begin_layout Itemize
31343 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31344 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31349 \begin_inset space ~
31352 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31355 \begin_layout Subsection
31359 \begin_layout Standard
31360 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31376 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31379 ) or the toolbar button
31382 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31388 Advanced Find and Replace
31393 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31397 \begin_layout Standard
31402 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31407 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31412 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31413 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31414 Pressing repeatedly
31418 keeps searching forward.
31419 Similarly, pressing
31423 searches for the entered text backwards.
31426 \begin_layout Standard
31427 While searching, the
31431 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31441 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31444 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31445 Searching for mathematics
31448 \begin_layout Standard
31449 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31453 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31454 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31457 or also something more complex like
31458 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31462 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31463 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31464 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31465 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31475 \begin_layout Standard
31476 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31477 This is done by switching to the
31481 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31486 This way, entering in the
31493 \begin_layout Itemize
31494 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31495 in emphasized or boldface.
31498 \begin_layout Itemize
31499 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31500 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31501 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31502 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31505 \begin_layout Itemize
31506 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31507 of if only within section headings.
31508 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31509 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31513 \begin_layout Itemize
31514 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31515 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31522 \begin_layout Standard
31523 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31527 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31535 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31539 button or alternatively
31561 \begin_layout Standard
31562 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31563 text segments in your document.
31564 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31568 \begin_layout Itemize
31569 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31570 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31578 with its typewriter version
31581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31591 \begin_layout Itemize
31592 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31598 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31610 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31617 (you may want to enable the
31625 options and disable the
31633 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31641 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31642 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31646 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31649 , or occurrences of
31650 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31654 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31660 \begin_layout Subsection
31664 \begin_layout Standard
31665 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31670 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31672 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31674 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31683 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31689 This is done via the menu
31691 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31692 Insert Regular Expression
31694 while the cursor is in the
31699 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31700 expression matching rules
31704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31705 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31711 \begin_inset space ~
31714 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31715 to match expressions.
31720 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31721 same text in the document.
31722 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31723 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31726 \begin_layout Enumerate
31727 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31732 editor the fraction
31733 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31737 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31740 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31741 fractions with the given denominator.
31744 \begin_layout Enumerate
31745 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31757 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31762 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31763 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31765 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31768 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31769 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31772 \begin_layout Standard
31773 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31774 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31775 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31778 , and referring back to them through
31779 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31783 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31787 For example, try searching for the regexp
31788 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31791 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31794 \begin_layout Standard
31795 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31796 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31797 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31802 \begin_inset space ~
31806 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31809 always refers to the first occurrence of
31810 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31813 in all entered regexps.
31816 \begin_layout Standard
31817 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31821 \begin_layout Section
31823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31825 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31830 \begin_inset Index idx
31833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31842 \begin_layout Standard
31843 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31846 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31853 or the toolbar button
31856 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31859 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31860 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31861 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31862 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31863 scrolled so that it is visible.
31864 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31865 n, if any could be found.
31866 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31870 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31871 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31874 \begin_layout Standard
31875 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31878 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31882 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31883 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31884 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31885 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31886 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31887 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31890 \begin_layout Subsection
31894 \begin_layout Standard
31895 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31898 \begin_inset space ~
31901 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31904 you can set the following things:
31907 \begin_layout Description
31909 \begin_inset space ~
31912 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31913 Depending on your platform,
31927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31928 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31929 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31944 \begin_layout Description
31946 \begin_inset space ~
31949 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31950 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31953 \begin_layout Description
31955 \begin_inset space ~
31958 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31964 \begin_inset space \space{}
31968 This should normally not be needed.
31971 \begin_layout Description
31973 \begin_inset space ~
31977 \begin_inset space ~
31980 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31992 \begin_layout Description
31994 \begin_inset space ~
31997 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31998 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31999 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
32000 appear in the context menu.
32001 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
32005 \begin_layout Description
32007 \begin_inset space ~
32011 \begin_inset space ~
32015 \begin_inset space ~
32018 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32022 \begin_layout Section
32024 \begin_inset Index idx
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32036 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32043 \begin_layout Standard
32044 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32045 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32055 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32057 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32066 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32067 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32068 are available for many languages.
32071 \begin_layout Standard
32072 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32076 \begin_layout Subsection
32077 Setting up the thesaurus
32080 \begin_layout Standard
32088 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32093 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32098 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32104 en_EN for English).
32105 For instance, the English files are named:
32108 \begin_layout Itemize
32112 \begin_layout Itemize
32116 \begin_layout Standard
32117 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32118 already on your system.
32119 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32120 \begin_inset Flex URL
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32125 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32131 \begin_inset Flex URL
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32136 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32146 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32147 \begin_inset space ~
32151 \begin_inset Flex URL
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32161 are usually packed in extension archives (
32165 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32167 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32168 unpack a zip archive.
32181 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32182 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32184 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32185 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32189 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32192 \begin_layout Subsection
32193 Using the thesaurus
32196 \begin_layout Standard
32197 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32199 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32202 or the toolbar button
32205 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32208 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32210 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32212 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32213 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32214 and hyponyms (such as
32222 ), compounds (such as
32226 ) and antonyms (such as
32234 ), which are marked as such.
32237 \begin_layout Standard
32238 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32239 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32243 \begin_layout Standard
32244 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32245 the dictionary, such as the above
32249 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32254 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32255 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32256 For example looking up the word forms
32264 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32269 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32282 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32283 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32284 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32287 \begin_layout Section
32289 \begin_inset Index idx
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32299 \begin_inset Index idx
32302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 Document ! Change Tracking
32309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32311 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32318 \begin_layout Standard
32319 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32320 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32321 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32322 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32326 \begin_inset space ~
32329 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32331 \begin_inset space ~
32339 \begin_layout Standard
32340 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32354 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32355 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32358 \begin_inset space ~
32362 \begin_inset space ~
32372 \begin_inset Index idx
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32376 Color ! Change tracking
32381 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32382 the cursor is in changed text.
32383 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32386 arg "changes-merge"
32392 \begin_layout Standard
32393 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32394 \begin_inset Index idx
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 \begin_layout Standard
32407 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32413 \begin_layout Standard
32414 \begin_inset Graphics
32415 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32423 \begin_layout Standard
32424 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32430 \begin_layout Standard
32431 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32435 \begin_layout Standard
32436 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32442 \begin_layout Standard
32443 \begin_inset Tabular
32444 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32445 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32446 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32447 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 arg "changes-track"
32465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32473 \begin_inset space ~
32476 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32478 \begin_inset space ~
32487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32496 arg "changes-output"
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32512 \begin_inset space ~
32515 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32517 \begin_inset space ~
32521 \begin_inset space ~
32525 \begin_inset space ~
32534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32555 Jumps to the next change
32561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 arg "change-accept"
32578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32584 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32586 \begin_inset space ~
32589 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32591 \begin_inset space ~
32600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32609 arg "change-reject"
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32625 \begin_inset space ~
32628 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32630 \begin_inset space ~
32639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32648 arg "changes-merge"
32656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32664 \begin_inset space ~
32667 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32669 \begin_inset space ~
32678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32687 arg "all-changes-accept"
32695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32703 \begin_inset space ~
32706 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32708 \begin_inset space ~
32712 \begin_inset space ~
32721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 arg "all-changes-reject"
32738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32746 \begin_inset space ~
32749 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32751 \begin_inset space ~
32755 \begin_inset space ~
32764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32788 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32790 \begin_inset space ~
32799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32824 \begin_inset space ~
32840 \begin_layout Standard
32841 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32847 \begin_layout Standard
32848 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32849 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32850 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32851 the next change after the current cursor position.
32852 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32853 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32854 step to the next change.
32855 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32858 \begin_layout Standard
32859 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32860 to describe a change.
32863 \begin_layout Standard
32864 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32869 \begin_inset Index idx
32872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32879 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32880 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32886 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32889 \begin_layout Section
32890 Comparison of Documents
32891 \begin_inset Index idx
32894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32895 Comparison of documents
32903 \begin_layout Standard
32904 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32906 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32910 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32912 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32913 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32917 \begin_inset space ~
32921 \begin_inset space ~
32925 \begin_inset space ~
32934 \begin_inset space ~
32938 \begin_inset space ~
32942 \begin_inset space ~
32946 \begin_inset space ~
32950 \begin_inset space ~
32954 \begin_inset space ~
32959 enables the change tracking option
32962 \begin_inset space ~
32966 \begin_inset space ~
32970 \begin_inset space ~
32975 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32978 \begin_layout Section
32979 International Support
32980 \begin_inset Index idx
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32984 International support
32992 \begin_layout Standard
32993 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32994 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32995 how to set up LyX to use them:
32996 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32998 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33005 \begin_layout Standard
33006 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33007 \begin_inset space ~
33011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33013 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33020 \begin_layout Subsection
33022 \begin_inset Index idx
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33032 \begin_inset Index idx
33035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 Document ! Settings
33042 \begin_inset Index idx
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33046 Document ! Language
33054 \begin_layout Standard
33057 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33060 dialog lets you set
33062 the language and character encoding for your language.
33066 \begin_layout Standard
33067 Choose your language in the
33071 section of this dialog.
33079 \begin_layout Standard
33084 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33089 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33090 For details about the different encoding options see section
33091 \begin_inset space ~
33095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33097 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33104 \begin_layout Subsection
33105 Keyboard mapping configuration
33106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33108 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33115 \begin_layout Standard
33116 If you have for example a U.
33117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33120 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33121 can use an alternate keymap.
33122 For example, if you have a U.
33123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33126 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33127 use an Italian keymap.
33128 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33130 \begin_inset space ~
33134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33136 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33141 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33142 which one you want to use.
33145 \begin_layout Standard
33146 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33147 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33148 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33149 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33150 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33151 one to support the characters you want.
33152 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33159 \begin_layout Subsection
33163 \begin_layout Standard
33165 \begin_inset space ~
33169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33171 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33180 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33184 \begin_layout Standard
33185 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33186 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33194 \begin_layout Itemize
33195 Even if you have selected
33201 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33204 dialog, users who have only the
33208 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33212 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33213 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33214 french quotes will not show up.
33217 \begin_layout Standard
33218 \begin_inset Float table
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33224 \begin_inset Caption
33226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33229 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33247 \begin_inset Tabular
33248 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33249 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33252 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33253 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33254 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33255 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33256 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33257 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33258 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33259 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33260 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33261 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33265 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33266 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37679 \begin_layout Standard
37680 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37682 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37683 also the characters from
37695 \begin_layout Itemize
37704 \begin_layout Standard
37705 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37706 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37712 \begin_layout Standard
37713 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37714 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37720 \begin_layout Standard
37721 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37722 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37728 \begin_layout Standard
37729 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37730 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37736 \begin_layout Standard
37738 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37744 \begin_layout Standard
37746 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37752 \begin_layout Standard
37754 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37761 \begin_layout Itemize
37774 \begin_layout Standard
37776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37782 \begin_layout Standard
37784 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37790 \begin_layout Standard
37792 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37798 \begin_layout Standard
37800 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37806 \begin_layout Standard
37808 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37814 \begin_layout Standard
37816 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37823 \begin_layout Standard
37824 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37825 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37826 Also make sure you're using the
37833 \begin_layout Chapter
37836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37838 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37845 \begin_layout Standard
37846 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37847 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37848 topic inside the user's guide.
37851 \begin_layout Section
37853 \begin_inset Index idx
37856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37865 \begin_layout Standard
37870 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37873 \begin_layout Subsection
37877 \begin_layout Standard
37878 Creates a new document.
37881 \begin_layout Subsection
37885 \begin_layout Standard
37886 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37887 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37888 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37891 \begin_layout Subsection
37895 \begin_layout Standard
37899 \begin_layout Subsection
37903 \begin_layout Standard
37904 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37905 Click there on a file to open it.
37908 \begin_layout Subsection
37912 \begin_layout Standard
37913 Closes the current document.
37916 \begin_layout Subsection
37920 \begin_layout Standard
37921 Closes all opened documents.
37924 \begin_layout Subsection
37928 \begin_layout Standard
37929 Saves the actual document.
37932 \begin_layout Subsection
37936 \begin_layout Standard
37937 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37940 \begin_layout Subsection
37944 \begin_layout Standard
37945 Saves all opened documents.
37948 \begin_layout Subsection
37952 \begin_layout Standard
37953 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37956 \begin_layout Subsection
37960 \begin_layout Standard
37961 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37962 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37963 It is described in the section
37965 Version Control in LyX
37969 Additional Features
37974 \begin_layout Subsection
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37979 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37980 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37982 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37985 \begin_layout Standard
37986 When using the menu entry
37989 \begin_inset space ~
37994 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37998 \begin_inset space ~
38002 \begin_inset space ~
38007 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38008 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38011 \begin_layout Subsection
38013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38022 \begin_layout Standard
38023 You can export your document to various file formats.
38024 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38025 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38026 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
38029 \begin_layout Standard
38030 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38032 \begin_inset space ~
38036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38038 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38045 \begin_layout Description
38051 \begin_inset space ~
38058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 yX format of the special LyX
38066 \begin_inset space ~
38069 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38070 \begin_inset Newline newline
38073 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38076 \begin_layout Description
38077 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38083 \begin_layout Description
38085 \begin_inset space ~
38088 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38094 \begin_layout Description
38095 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38096 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38097 files paths or file names in your document.
38098 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38105 \begin_layout Description
38106 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38107 in files paths or file names
38110 \begin_layout Description
38112 \begin_inset space ~
38119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38126 eX) DVI-format using the program
38130 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38133 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38141 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38149 \begin_layout Description
38151 \begin_inset space ~
38154 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38158 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38163 \begin_layout Description
38164 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38168 \begin_layout Description
38170 \begin_inset space ~
38174 \begin_inset space ~
38177 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38181 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38189 \begin_layout Description
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38204 \begin_inset space ~
38215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38228 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38233 \begin_layout Description
38240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38248 \begin_inset space ~
38253 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38254 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38258 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38261 \begin_layout Description
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38276 \begin_inset space ~
38281 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38282 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38290 \begin_layout Description
38297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38305 \begin_inset space ~
38316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38329 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38334 \begin_layout Description
38336 \begin_inset space ~
38340 \begin_inset space ~
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38358 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38359 music notation software
38364 \begin_layout Description
38371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 \begin_inset space ~
38385 \begin_inset space ~
38388 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
38389 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
38393 \begin_layout Description
38400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38410 \begin_inset space ~
38413 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38429 represent the version number)
38432 \begin_layout Description
38439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38448 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38451 \begin_layout Description
38452 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38457 \begin_layout Description
38458 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38460 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38463 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38467 \begin_layout Description
38471 \begin_inset space ~
38476 PDF-format using the program
38480 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38483 \begin_layout Description
38487 \begin_inset space ~
38494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38503 PDF-format using the program
38507 , produces PDF-files directly
38510 \begin_layout Description
38514 \begin_inset space ~
38519 PDF-format using the program
38523 , produces PDF-files directly
38526 \begin_layout Description
38530 \begin_inset space ~
38535 PDF-format using the program
38539 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38542 \begin_layout Description
38546 \begin_inset space ~
38553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38562 PDF-format using the program
38566 , produces PDF-files directly
38569 \begin_layout Description
38573 \begin_inset space ~
38581 \begin_layout Description
38585 \begin_inset space ~
38589 \begin_inset space ~
38594 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38595 and then exported as text using the program
38600 \begin_layout Description
38605 PostScript format using the program
38610 \begin_layout Description
38611 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38612 programming language
38625 it is possible to use
38632 \begin_layout Standard
38633 If one of the menu entries
38640 \begin_inset space ~
38649 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38650 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38651 \begin_inset space ~
38655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38657 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38662 \begin_inset Index idx
38665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38666 Reconfiguration of LyX
38674 \begin_layout Subsection
38678 \begin_layout Standard
38679 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38680 format or send it to a printer.
38681 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38682 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38688 For more information have a look at section
38689 \begin_inset space ~
38693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38695 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38702 \begin_layout Subsection
38706 \begin_layout Standard
38707 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38708 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38709 prefix, see section
38710 \begin_inset space ~
38714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38716 reference "sec:Paths"
38721 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38730 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38731 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38732 \begin_inset space ~
38736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38738 reference "sub:Converters"
38745 \begin_layout Subsection
38746 New and Close Window
38749 \begin_layout Standard
38750 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38753 \begin_layout Subsection
38757 \begin_layout Standard
38758 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38761 \begin_layout Section
38763 \begin_inset Index idx
38766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38775 \begin_layout Subsection
38779 \begin_layout Standard
38780 Described in section
38781 \begin_inset space ~
38785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38787 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38794 \begin_layout Subsection
38795 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38798 \begin_layout Standard
38799 Described in section
38800 \begin_inset space ~
38804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38806 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38813 \begin_layout Subsection
38817 \begin_layout Standard
38818 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38819 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38822 \begin_layout Subsection
38826 \begin_layout Standard
38827 Selects the whole document.
38830 \begin_layout Subsection
38831 Find & Replace (Quick)
38834 \begin_layout Standard
38835 Described in section
38836 \begin_inset space ~
38840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38842 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38849 \begin_layout Subsection
38850 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38853 \begin_layout Standard
38854 Described in section
38855 \begin_inset space ~
38859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38861 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38868 \begin_layout Subsection
38869 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38872 \begin_layout Standard
38873 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38877 \begin_layout Subsection
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38882 Described in section
38883 \begin_inset space ~
38887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38889 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38896 \begin_layout Subsection
38898 \begin_inset Index idx
38901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38902 Paragraph ! Settings
38910 \begin_layout Standard
38911 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38912 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38916 \begin_layout Standard
38917 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38918 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38920 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38926 \begin_inset space ~
38934 \begin_layout Subsection
38935 Table Settings and Math
38938 \begin_layout Standard
38939 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38941 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38942 The properties of tables are described in section
38943 \begin_inset space ~
38947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38949 reference "sec:Tables"
38953 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38954 \begin_inset space ~
38958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38960 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38967 \begin_layout Subsection
38968 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38971 \begin_layout Standard
38972 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38974 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38975 \begin_inset space ~
38979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38981 reference "sec:Nesting"
38986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38988 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38995 \begin_layout Section
38997 \begin_inset Index idx
39000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39010 At the bottom of the
39014 menu the opened documents are listed.
39017 \begin_layout Subsection
39018 Open/Close all Insets
39021 \begin_layout Standard
39022 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39025 \begin_layout Subsection
39026 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39029 \begin_layout Standard
39030 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39033 \begin_layout Standard
39034 Math macros are described in the
39041 \begin_layout Subsection
39045 \begin_layout Standard
39046 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39048 \begin_inset space ~
39052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39054 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39061 \begin_layout Subsection
39065 \begin_layout Standard
39066 Opens a window showing console messages.
39067 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39068 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39071 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39072 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39075 \begin_layout Subsection
39079 \begin_layout Standard
39080 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39081 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39088 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39092 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39099 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39103 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39104 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39105 \begin_inset space ~
39109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39111 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39116 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39117 The default output format is
39120 \begin_inset space ~
39128 \begin_layout Subsection
39129 View (Other Formats)
39132 \begin_layout Standard
39133 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39134 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39135 actual document with an external program.
39136 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39137 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39138 All possible formats are listed in section
39139 \begin_inset space ~
39143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39145 reference "sub:Export"
39150 You should at least see the menu entry
39155 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39156 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39157 \begin_inset space ~
39161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39163 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39168 \begin_inset Index idx
39171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 Reconfiguration of LyX
39180 \begin_layout Standard
39181 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39182 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39183 \begin_inset space ~
39187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39189 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39194 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39197 \begin_layout Subsection
39201 \begin_layout Standard
39202 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39203 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39206 \begin_layout Subsection
39207 Update (Other Formats)
39210 \begin_layout Standard
39211 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39212 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39215 \begin_layout Subsection
39216 View Master Document
39219 \begin_layout Standard
39220 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39236 \begin_inset space ~
39241 manual for more information on this topic).
39242 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39243 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39248 generates the output of the whole book, while
39252 will just output the chapter alone.
39255 \begin_layout Standard
39256 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39257 in the preferences (see sec.
39258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39264 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39268 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39275 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39282 \begin_layout Subsection
39283 Update Master Document
39286 \begin_layout Standard
39287 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39303 \begin_inset space ~
39308 manual for more information on this topic).
39309 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39310 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39313 \begin_layout Standard
39314 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39315 in the preferences (see sec.
39316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39322 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39326 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39333 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39340 \begin_layout Subsection
39344 \begin_layout Standard
39345 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39346 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39347 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39348 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39349 or more documents at the same time.
39350 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39357 \begin_layout Subsection
39361 \begin_layout Standard
39362 Closes a split view.
39365 \begin_layout Subsection
39369 \begin_layout Standard
39370 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39371 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39372 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39373 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39374 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39377 \begin_layout Subsection
39379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39381 name "sub:Toolbars"
39386 \begin_inset Index idx
39389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39398 \begin_layout Standard
39399 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39400 All toolbars and the
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39408 can be turned on and off.
39413 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39433 \begin_inset space ~
39442 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39446 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39453 \begin_layout Standard
39458 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39462 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39463 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39464 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39465 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39466 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39469 \begin_layout Standard
39470 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39471 \begin_inset space ~
39475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39477 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39484 \begin_layout Section
39486 \begin_inset Index idx
39489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39498 \begin_layout Subsection
39502 \begin_layout Standard
39503 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39504 \begin_inset space ~
39508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39510 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39521 \begin_layout Subsection
39523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39525 name "sub:Special-Character"
39532 \begin_layout Standard
39533 Here you can insert the following characters:
39536 \begin_layout Description
39537 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39538 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39539 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39540 \begin_inset Newline newline
39544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39552 Not all characters will be visible in the
39556 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39564 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39568 ) can display every character.
39576 \begin_layout Description
39577 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39581 \begin_layout Description
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39587 \begin_inset space ~
39590 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39591 \begin_inset space ~
39595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39597 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39604 \begin_layout Description
39606 \begin_inset space ~
39609 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39612 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39622 \begin_layout Description
39624 \begin_inset space ~
39627 Quote Inserts this quote:
39628 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39634 \begin_layout Description
39636 \begin_inset space ~
39639 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39643 \begin_layout Description
39645 \begin_inset space ~
39648 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39652 \begin_layout Description
39654 \begin_inset space ~
39657 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39661 \begin_layout Description
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39667 \begin_inset Index idx
39670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39677 \begin_inset Index idx
39680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39681 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39686 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39687 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39688 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39693 \begin_inset Index idx
39696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39697 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39703 \begin_inset Newline newline
39706 For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
39710 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39718 and this Wiki-page:
39719 \begin_inset Newline newline
39723 \begin_inset Flex URL
39726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39728 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39736 \begin_layout Subsection
39740 \begin_layout Standard
39741 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39744 \begin_layout Description
39745 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39746 \begin_inset script superscript
39748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39757 \begin_layout Description
39758 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39759 \begin_inset script subscript
39761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39770 \begin_layout Description
39772 \begin_inset space ~
39775 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39776 \begin_inset space ~
39780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39782 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39789 \begin_layout Description
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39794 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39801 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39808 \begin_layout Description
39810 \begin_inset space ~
39813 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39814 \begin_inset space ~
39818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39820 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39827 \begin_layout Description
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39832 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39839 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39846 \begin_layout Description
39848 \begin_inset space ~
39851 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39852 \begin_inset space ~
39856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39858 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39865 \begin_layout Description
39867 \begin_inset space ~
39870 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39877 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39884 \begin_layout Description
39885 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39886 \begin_inset space ~
39890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39892 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39899 \begin_layout Description
39901 \begin_inset space ~
39904 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39905 \begin_inset space ~
39909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39911 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39918 \begin_layout Description
39920 \begin_inset space ~
39923 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39924 \begin_inset space ~
39928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39930 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39937 \begin_layout Description
39939 \begin_inset space ~
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39946 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39947 \begin_inset space ~
39951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39953 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39960 \begin_layout Description
39962 \begin_inset space ~
39965 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39966 text line to the page border, see section
39967 \begin_inset space ~
39971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39973 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39980 \begin_layout Description
39982 \begin_inset space ~
39985 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39986 \begin_inset space ~
39990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39992 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39999 \begin_layout Description
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40004 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
40005 text page to the page border, described in section
40006 \begin_inset space ~
40010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40012 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40019 \begin_layout Description
40021 \begin_inset space ~
40024 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40025 \begin_inset space ~
40029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40031 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40038 \begin_layout Description
40040 \begin_inset space ~
40044 \begin_inset space ~
40047 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40048 \begin_inset space ~
40052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40054 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40061 \begin_layout Subsection
40065 \begin_layout Standard
40066 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40067 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40075 reference "sec:toc"
40080 The index list is described in section
40081 \begin_inset space ~
40085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40087 reference "sec:Index"
40091 , the nomenclature in section
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40098 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40102 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40103 \begin_inset space ~
40107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40109 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40116 \begin_layout Subsection
40120 \begin_layout Standard
40121 To insert floats, described in section
40122 \begin_inset space ~
40126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40128 reference "sec:Floats"
40135 \begin_layout Subsection
40139 \begin_layout Standard
40140 To insert notes, described in section
40141 \begin_inset space ~
40145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40147 reference "sec:Notes"
40154 \begin_layout Subsection
40158 \begin_layout Standard
40159 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40160 \begin_inset space ~
40164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40166 reference "sec:Branches"
40173 \begin_layout Subsection
40177 \begin_layout Standard
40178 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40179 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40181 An example is the document class
40182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40189 with three custom insets.
40192 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40198 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40201 \begin_layout Subsection
40203 \begin_inset Index idx
40206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40215 \begin_layout Standard
40216 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40218 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40233 \begin_layout Subsection
40235 \begin_inset Index idx
40238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40247 \begin_layout Standard
40248 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40249 \begin_inset space ~
40253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40255 reference "sec:Minipages"
40260 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40267 \begin_inset space ~
40275 \begin_layout Subsection
40279 \begin_layout Standard
40280 Inserts a citation as described in section
40281 \begin_inset space ~
40285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40287 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40294 \begin_layout Subsection
40298 \begin_layout Standard
40299 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40300 \begin_inset space ~
40304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40306 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40313 \begin_layout Subsection
40317 \begin_layout Standard
40318 Inserts a label as described in section
40319 \begin_inset space ~
40323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40325 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40332 \begin_layout Subsection
40334 \begin_inset Index idx
40337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40344 \begin_inset Index idx
40347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40348 Longtables ! Caption
40356 \begin_layout Standard
40357 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40358 Floats are described in section
40359 \begin_inset space ~
40363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40365 reference "sec:Floats"
40369 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40376 \begin_inset space ~
40384 \begin_layout Subsection
40388 \begin_layout Standard
40389 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40390 \begin_inset space ~
40394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40396 reference "sec:Index"
40403 \begin_layout Subsection
40407 \begin_layout Standard
40408 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40409 \begin_inset space ~
40413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40415 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40422 \begin_layout Subsection
40426 \begin_layout Standard
40428 Tables are described in section
40429 \begin_inset space ~
40433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40435 reference "sec:Tables"
40442 \begin_layout Subsection
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40448 Graphics are described in section
40449 \begin_inset space ~
40453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40455 reference "sec:Graphics"
40462 \begin_layout Subsection
40466 \begin_layout Standard
40467 Inserts a URL as described in section
40468 \begin_inset space ~
40472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40474 reference "sub:URLs"
40481 \begin_layout Subsection
40485 \begin_layout Standard
40486 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40487 \begin_inset space ~
40491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40493 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40500 \begin_layout Subsection
40504 \begin_layout Standard
40505 Inserts a footnote, see section
40506 \begin_inset space ~
40510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40512 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40519 \begin_layout Subsection
40523 \begin_layout Standard
40524 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40525 \begin_inset space ~
40529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40531 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40538 \begin_layout Subsection
40542 \begin_layout Standard
40543 Inserts a short title, see section
40544 \begin_inset space ~
40548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40550 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40557 \begin_layout Subsection
40561 \begin_layout Standard
40562 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40563 \begin_inset space ~
40567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40569 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40576 \begin_layout Subsection
40578 \begin_inset Index idx
40581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40590 \begin_layout Standard
40591 Inserts a program listings box.
40592 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40594 Program Code Listings
40599 \begin_inset space ~
40607 \begin_layout Subsection
40611 \begin_layout Standard
40612 Inserts the actual date.
40613 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40615 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40623 \begin_inset space ~
40631 \begin_layout Subsection
40635 \begin_layout Standard
40636 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40637 \begin_inset space ~
40641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40643 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40650 \begin_layout Section
40652 \begin_inset Index idx
40655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40664 \begin_layout Standard
40665 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40666 \begin_inset space ~
40669 of the current document.
40670 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40673 \begin_layout Subsection
40677 \begin_layout Standard
40678 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40679 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40685 \begin_inset space \space{}
40689 \begin_inset space ~
40693 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40694 \begin_inset space ~
40697 2.5 and use the submenu
40700 \begin_inset space ~
40704 \begin_inset space ~
40711 \begin_inset space ~
40717 \begin_inset space ~
40721 \begin_inset space ~
40727 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40731 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40737 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40743 \begin_layout Standard
40744 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40745 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40748 \begin_layout Subsection
40749 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40752 \begin_layout Standard
40753 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40757 \begin_layout Subsection
40761 \begin_layout Standard
40762 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40763 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40764 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40768 \begin_inset space ~
40772 \begin_inset space ~
40780 \begin_layout Subsection
40784 \begin_layout Standard
40785 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40786 in the output, see section
40789 \begin_inset space ~
40797 \begin_inset space ~
40802 manual for a detailed description.
40805 \begin_layout Section
40807 \begin_inset Index idx
40810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40819 \begin_layout Subsection
40823 \begin_layout Standard
40824 Change Tracking is described in section
40825 \begin_inset space ~
40829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40831 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40838 \begin_layout Subsection
40843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40853 \begin_layout Standard
40854 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40856 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40859 \begin_layout Standard
40860 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40865 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40868 \begin_layout Subsection
40872 \begin_layout Standard
40873 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40874 \begin_inset space ~
40878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40880 reference "sec:Navigating"
40885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40887 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40894 \begin_layout Subsection
40895 Start Appendix Here
40898 \begin_layout Standard
40899 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40900 position as described in section
40901 \begin_inset space ~
40905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40907 reference "sec:Appendices"
40914 \begin_layout Subsection
40918 \begin_layout Standard
40919 Un/compresses the current document.
40922 \begin_layout Subsection
40926 \begin_layout Standard
40927 The document settings are described in appendix
40928 \begin_inset space ~
40932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40934 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40941 \begin_layout Section
40943 \begin_inset Index idx
40946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40955 \begin_layout Subsection
40959 \begin_layout Standard
40960 Spell checking is explained in section
40961 \begin_inset space ~
40965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40967 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40974 \begin_layout Subsection
40978 \begin_layout Standard
40979 The thesaurus is described in section
40980 \begin_inset space ~
40984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40986 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40993 \begin_layout Subsection
40995 \begin_inset Index idx
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 \begin_inset Index idx
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41017 \begin_layout Standard
41018 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
41022 \begin_layout Subsection
41024 \begin_inset Index idx
41027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41036 \begin_layout Standard
41037 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41041 \begin_layout Subsection
41043 \begin_inset Index idx
41046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41058 Reconfiguration of LyX
41062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41075 \begin_inset Index idx
41078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41079 Reconfiguration of LyX
41087 \begin_layout Standard
41088 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41089 and programs it needs; see also section
41090 \begin_inset space ~
41094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41096 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41103 \begin_layout Subsection
41107 \begin_layout Standard
41108 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41109 \begin_inset space ~
41113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41115 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41122 \begin_layout Section
41124 \begin_inset Index idx
41127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41136 \begin_layout Standard
41137 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41139 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41143 \begin_layout Standard
41147 \begin_inset space ~
41152 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41153 found by LyX (see also section
41154 \begin_inset space ~
41158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41160 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41167 \begin_layout Section
41169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41171 name "sec:Toolbars"
41178 \begin_layout Standard
41179 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41180 \begin_inset space ~
41184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41186 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41193 \begin_layout Standard
41194 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41195 This is described in the
41197 Additional Features
41202 \begin_layout Subsection
41204 \begin_inset Index idx
41207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41216 \begin_layout Standard
41217 \begin_inset Graphics
41218 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41226 \begin_layout Standard
41227 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41233 \begin_layout Standard
41234 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41251 \begin_inset Note Note
41254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41255 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41260 manual for more information.
41268 \begin_layout Standard
41269 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41275 \begin_layout Standard
41276 \begin_inset Tabular
41277 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41278 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41280 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41286 \begin_inset Graphics
41287 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41301 pull-down box for the environments
41314 \begin_layout Standard
41315 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41321 \begin_layout Standard
41323 \begin_inset Tabular
41324 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41325 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41326 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41327 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41351 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41381 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41411 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 arg "dialog-show print"
41435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41441 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41457 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41501 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41531 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41591 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41621 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41637 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41651 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41666 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41675 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41689 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41690 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41718 Emphasize text, function of the
41720 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41722 \begin_inset space ~
41733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41754 Set text to noun style, function of the
41756 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41758 \begin_inset space ~
41769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41778 arg "textstyle-apply"
41786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41790 Formats text using the current settings in the
41792 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41794 \begin_inset space ~
41805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41829 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41831 \begin_inset space ~
41840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41849 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41863 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41877 arg "tabular-insert"
41885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41898 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41907 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 Toggle outline window on/off,
41921 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41937 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41949 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41964 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41976 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41989 \begin_layout Subsection
41991 \begin_inset Index idx
41994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42003 \begin_layout Standard
42004 \begin_inset Graphics
42005 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
42013 \begin_layout Standard
42014 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42020 \begin_layout Standard
42021 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
42025 \begin_layout Standard
42026 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42032 \begin_layout Standard
42033 \begin_inset Tabular
42034 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42035 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42036 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42037 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42038 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42074 arg "layout Enumerate"
42082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42092 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42101 arg "layout Itemize"
42109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42146 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42155 arg "layout Description"
42163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42182 arg "depth-increment"
42190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42198 \begin_inset space ~
42202 \begin_inset space ~
42211 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42220 arg "depth-decrement"
42228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42236 \begin_inset space ~
42240 \begin_inset space ~
42249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42258 arg "float-insert figure"
42266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42273 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42280 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42289 arg "float-insert table"
42297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42304 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42350 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42380 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42424 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42426 \begin_inset space ~
42435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42444 arg "nomencl-insert"
42452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42460 \begin_inset space ~
42469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42478 arg "footnote-insert"
42486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42508 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42524 \begin_inset space ~
42533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42557 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42559 \begin_inset space ~
42568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42577 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42668 \begin_inset space ~
42677 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42686 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42701 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42708 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42717 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42732 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42734 \begin_inset space ~
42743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42752 arg "dialog-show character"
42760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42766 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42768 \begin_inset space ~
42777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42786 arg "layout-paragraph"
42794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42800 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42802 \begin_inset space ~
42811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42820 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42834 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42848 \begin_layout Subsection
42849 View / Update Toolbar
42850 \begin_inset Index idx
42853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42854 Toolbar ! View / Update
42862 \begin_layout Standard
42863 \begin_inset Graphics
42864 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42871 \begin_layout Standard
42872 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42878 \begin_layout Standard
42879 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42883 \begin_layout Standard
42884 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42890 \begin_layout Standard
42891 \begin_inset Tabular
42892 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42893 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42894 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42895 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42919 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42935 arg "buffer-update"
42943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42949 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42965 arg "master-buffer-view"
42973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42979 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42995 arg "master-buffer-update"
43003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43009 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43011 \begin_inset space ~
43020 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43029 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43043 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43044 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43045 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43046 Synchronize with Output
43052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43057 \begin_inset Graphics
43058 filename ../images/view-others.png
43060 groupId toolbarbuttons
43071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43077 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43078 View (Other Formats)
43084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43089 \begin_inset Graphics
43090 filename ../images/update-others.png
43092 groupId toolbarbuttons
43101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43107 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43108 Update (Other Formats)
43121 \begin_layout Standard
43122 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43126 \begin_layout Subsection
43130 \begin_layout Standard
43131 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43132 \begin_inset space ~
43136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43138 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43142 , the table toolbar
43143 \begin_inset Index idx
43146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43155 \begin_inset space ~
43160 manual, the math macro toolbar
43161 \begin_inset Index idx
43164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43177 \begin_layout Chapter
43178 The Document Settings
43179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43181 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43186 \begin_inset Index idx
43189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43190 Document ! Settings
43198 \begin_layout Standard
43199 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43200 whole document and is called with the menu
43202 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43206 You can save your document settings as default with the
43208 Save as Document Defaults
43210 button in the dialog.
43211 This will create a template named
43215 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43219 \begin_layout Standard
43224 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43225 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43228 \begin_layout Standard
43229 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43232 \begin_layout Section
43236 \begin_layout Standard
43237 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43239 Document classes are described in section
43240 \begin_inset space ~
43244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43246 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43254 \begin_layout Standard
43258 \begin_inset space ~
43263 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43267 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43268 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43270 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43279 \begin_layout Standard
43280 Some classes use special class options by default.
43281 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43285 and you can decide to use them or not.
43286 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43287 recommended to leave them untouched.
43292 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43297 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43298 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43304 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43305 \begin_inset Newline newline
43310 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43313 \begin_inset Newline newline
43316 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43322 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43324 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43336 \begin_layout Standard
43337 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43339 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43340 document is opened without its master.
43341 This way child documents are always compilable.
43342 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43349 \begin_inset space ~
43357 \begin_layout Standard
43358 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43368 \begin_inset Index idx
43371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43372 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43378 \begin_inset Index idx
43381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43382 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43387 for cross-references, see sec.
43388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43394 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43401 \begin_layout Section
43405 \begin_layout Standard
43406 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43407 Please refer to the section
43410 \begin_inset space ~
43418 \begin_inset space ~
43423 manual for details.
43426 \begin_layout Section
43430 \begin_layout Standard
43431 Modules are explained in section
43432 \begin_inset space ~
43436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43438 reference "sub:Modules"
43445 \begin_layout Section
43449 \begin_layout Standard
43451 \begin_inset space ~
43455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43457 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43464 \begin_layout Section
43468 \begin_layout Standard
43469 The document font settings are described in section
43470 \begin_inset space ~
43474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43476 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43483 \begin_layout Section
43487 \begin_layout Standard
43488 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43490 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43492 \change_inserted 2090807402 1325634770
43493 You can also determine whether text will be shown as justified in LyX itself.
43494 Note that this does not affect whether the text is justified in the output.
43499 \begin_layout Standard
43500 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43501 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43503 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43506 \begin_layout Section
43510 \begin_layout Standard
43511 A description of this menu is given in section
43512 \begin_inset space ~
43516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43518 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43525 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43532 \begin_layout Section
43536 \begin_layout Standard
43537 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43538 \begin_inset space ~
43542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43544 reference "sub:Margins"
43551 \begin_layout Section
43553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43555 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43560 \begin_inset Index idx
43563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43564 Language ! Encoding
43572 \begin_layout Standard
43573 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43574 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43575 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43576 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43577 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43578 known for a particular character).
43582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43583 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43588 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43593 manual for details.
43601 \begin_layout Standard
43602 If you use the option
43606 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43607 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43608 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43609 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43610 exactly one encoding.
43611 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43614 \begin_layout Standard
43615 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43616 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43617 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43618 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43619 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43620 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43625 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43626 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43627 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43628 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43629 engines to standard LaTeX.
43630 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43631 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43634 \begin_inset space ~
43641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43653 \begin_inset space ~
43660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43672 \begin_inset space ~
43678 \begin_inset space ~
43682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43684 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43689 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43693 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43696 \begin_layout Standard
43700 \begin_inset space ~
43705 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43715 The possible settings are:
43718 \begin_layout Description
43719 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43721 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43722 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43726 \begin_inset space ~
43730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43732 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43739 \begin_layout Description
43740 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43741 format you will use.
43742 In many cases this will be
43747 \begin_inset Index idx
43750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43751 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43757 If the newer package
43762 \begin_inset Index idx
43765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43766 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43771 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43772 this package will be used instead of
43779 \begin_layout Description
43781 \begin_inset space ~
43792 would be more appropriate.
43795 \begin_layout Description
43796 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43797 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43801 (for German texts), type in
43804 \begin_inset Newline newline
43809 usepackage{ngerman}
43812 \begin_layout Description
43813 None will not use a language package.
43814 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43817 \begin_layout Standard
43818 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43821 \begin_layout Description
43823 \begin_inset space ~
43827 \begin_inset space ~
43831 \begin_inset space ~
43838 , but the LaTeX-package
43843 \begin_inset Index idx
43846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43847 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43853 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43854 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43855 languages in TeX code.
43858 \begin_layout Description
43859 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43860 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43861 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43864 \begin_layout Description
43866 \begin_inset space ~
43870 \begin_inset space ~
43873 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43876 \begin_layout Description
43878 \begin_inset space ~
43882 \begin_inset space ~
43885 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43888 \begin_layout Description
43890 \begin_inset space ~
43893 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43896 \begin_layout Description
43898 \begin_inset space ~
43902 \begin_inset space ~
43905 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43906 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43909 \begin_layout Description
43911 \begin_inset space ~
43915 \begin_inset space ~
43918 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43922 \begin_layout Description
43924 \begin_inset space ~
43928 \begin_inset space ~
43931 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43932 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43935 \begin_layout Description
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43941 \begin_inset space ~
43945 \begin_inset space ~
43948 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43949 \begin_inset space ~
43955 \begin_layout Description
43957 \begin_inset space ~
43961 \begin_inset space ~
43965 \begin_inset space ~
43968 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43969 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43972 \begin_layout Description
43974 \begin_inset space ~
43978 \begin_inset space ~
43981 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43982 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43983 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43984 \begin_inset space ~
43988 \begin_inset space ~
43994 \begin_layout Description
43996 \begin_inset space ~
44000 \begin_inset space ~
44003 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
44004 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
44005 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
44006 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44007 \begin_inset space ~
44011 \begin_inset space ~
44017 \begin_layout Description
44019 \begin_inset space ~
44023 \begin_inset space ~
44026 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
44029 \begin_layout Description
44031 \begin_inset space ~
44035 \begin_inset space ~
44038 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
44041 \begin_layout Description
44043 \begin_inset space ~
44047 \begin_inset space ~
44050 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44053 \begin_layout Description
44055 \begin_inset space ~
44058 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44061 \begin_layout Description
44063 \begin_inset space ~
44066 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44069 \begin_layout Description
44071 \begin_inset space ~
44075 \begin_inset space ~
44078 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44081 \begin_layout Description
44083 \begin_inset space ~
44087 \begin_inset space ~
44093 \begin_layout Description
44095 \begin_inset space ~
44099 \begin_inset space ~
44102 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44105 \begin_layout Description
44107 \begin_inset space ~
44111 \begin_inset space ~
44117 \begin_layout Description
44119 \begin_inset space ~
44123 \begin_inset space ~
44126 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44131 \begin_inset Index idx
44134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44135 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44140 , when using this, set the document language to
44145 \begin_layout Description
44147 \begin_inset space ~
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44154 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44158 , when using this, set the document language to
44161 \begin_inset space ~
44167 \begin_layout Description
44169 \begin_inset space ~
44173 \begin_inset space ~
44176 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44181 \begin_inset Index idx
44184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44185 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44190 , when using this, set the document language to
44195 \begin_layout Description
44197 \begin_inset space ~
44201 \begin_inset space ~
44204 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44208 , when using this, set the document language to
44213 \begin_layout Description
44215 \begin_inset space ~
44219 \begin_inset space ~
44222 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44226 , when using this, set the document language to
44231 \begin_layout Description
44233 \begin_inset space ~
44236 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44239 \begin_layout Description
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44245 \begin_inset space ~
44249 \begin_inset space ~
44252 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44255 \begin_layout Description
44257 \begin_inset space ~
44261 \begin_inset space ~
44265 \begin_inset space ~
44268 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44269 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44270 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44273 \begin_layout Description
44275 \begin_inset space ~
44279 \begin_inset space ~
44285 \begin_layout Description
44287 \begin_inset space ~
44291 \begin_inset space ~
44294 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44295 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44298 \begin_layout Description
44300 \begin_inset space ~
44304 \begin_inset space ~
44307 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44312 \begin_inset Index idx
44315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44316 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44321 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44324 \begin_layout Description
44326 \begin_inset space ~
44330 \begin_inset space ~
44333 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44341 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44346 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44348 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44351 \begin_layout Description
44353 \begin_inset space ~
44357 \begin_inset space ~
44360 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44365 \begin_inset Index idx
44368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44369 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44374 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44377 \begin_layout Description
44379 \begin_inset space ~
44382 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44387 \begin_inset Index idx
44390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44391 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44397 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44401 \begin_layout Description
44403 \begin_inset space ~
44407 \begin_inset space ~
44411 \begin_inset space ~
44414 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44415 \begin_inset space ~
44421 \begin_layout Description
44423 \begin_inset space ~
44427 \begin_inset space ~
44431 \begin_inset space ~
44434 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44435 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44436 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44440 \begin_layout Description
44442 \begin_inset space ~
44446 \begin_inset space ~
44450 \begin_inset space ~
44453 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44454 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44457 \begin_layout Standard
44458 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44467 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44471 for more information on the language package.
44474 \begin_layout Section
44476 \begin_inset Index idx
44479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44486 \begin_inset Index idx
44489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44498 \begin_layout Standard
44499 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44501 \begin_inset space ~
44504 out notes (default: light grey).
44509 sets the color back to the default.
44512 \begin_layout Standard
44513 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44515 \begin_inset space ~
44518 boxes (default: red).
44521 \begin_layout Standard
44522 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44526 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44528 \begin_inset space ~
44531 out note appears blue in the output.)
44539 \begin_layout Standard
44540 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44543 \begin_inset space ~
44548 in the document settings under
44551 \begin_inset space ~
44556 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44559 \begin_inset space ~
44567 \begin_inset space ~
44573 For example the option
44576 \begin_layout Standard
44582 \begin_layout Standard
44583 sets the link text color to black.
44584 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44589 \begin_inset Index idx
44592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44593 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44599 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44608 \begin_layout Standard
44609 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44615 \begin_layout Standard
44616 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44617 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44618 \begin_inset space ~
44621 Code behind a forced page break:
44624 \begin_layout Itemize
44625 For the page color:
44626 \begin_inset Newline newline
44633 pagecolor{color name}
44636 \begin_layout Itemize
44637 For the text color:
44638 \begin_inset Newline newline
44648 \begin_layout Standard
44649 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44682 \begin_inset Newline newline
44685 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44689 \begin_layout Itemize
44690 For the page background color:
44691 \begin_inset Newline newline
44696 page_backgroundcolor
44699 \begin_layout Itemize
44700 For the main text color:
44701 \begin_inset Newline newline
44709 \begin_layout Itemize
44711 \begin_inset space ~
44714 box background color:
44715 \begin_inset Newline newline
44723 \begin_layout Itemize
44725 \begin_inset space ~
44728 out note text color:
44729 \begin_inset Newline newline
44737 \begin_layout Standard
44738 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44741 \begin_inset space ~
44749 \begin_inset space ~
44757 \begin_layout Section
44761 \begin_layout Standard
44762 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44763 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44764 \begin_inset space ~
44768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44770 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44777 \begin_layout Section
44781 \begin_layout Standard
44782 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44787 \begin_inset Index idx
44790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44791 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44801 \begin_inset Index idx
44804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44805 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44811 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44816 \begin_inset Index idx
44819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44820 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44825 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44827 For a further description see section
44828 \begin_inset space ~
44832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44834 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44841 \begin_layout Section
44845 \begin_layout Standard
44846 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44847 and you can define additional indexes.
44848 Please refer to section
44849 \begin_inset space ~
44853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44855 reference "sec:Index"
44862 \begin_layout Section
44866 \begin_layout Standard
44867 The PDF properties are explained in section
44868 \begin_inset space ~
44872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44874 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44881 \begin_layout Section
44885 \begin_layout Standard
44886 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44891 \begin_inset Index idx
44894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44895 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44905 \begin_inset Index idx
44908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44909 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44919 \begin_inset Index idx
44922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44923 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44933 \begin_inset Index idx
44936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44937 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44942 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44945 \begin_layout Description
44946 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44947 ensure that you have enabled
44950 \begin_inset space ~
44958 \begin_layout Description
44959 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44962 \begin_inset space ~
44974 \begin_layout Description
44975 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44986 \begin_layout Description
44987 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44989 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44998 \begin_layout Section
45002 \begin_layout Standard
45003 The float placement options are described in section
45006 \begin_inset space ~
45014 \begin_inset space ~
45022 \begin_layout Section
45026 \begin_layout Standard
45027 The listings settings are explained in chapter
45029 Program Code Listings
45034 \begin_inset space ~
45042 \begin_layout Section
45046 \begin_layout Standard
45047 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45048 The itemize environment is described in section
45049 \begin_inset space ~
45053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45055 reference "sec:Itemize"
45062 \begin_layout Section
45066 \begin_layout Standard
45067 Branches are described in section
45068 \begin_inset space ~
45072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45074 reference "sec:Branches"
45081 \begin_layout Section
45083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45085 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45092 \begin_layout Standard
45093 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45096 \begin_layout Description
45098 \begin_inset space ~
45102 \begin_inset space ~
45105 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45125 View Master Document
45126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45133 Update Master Document
45134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45141 menu or the toolbar.
45142 The default is set in
45144 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45145 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45155 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45162 \begin_layout Description
45164 \begin_inset space ~
45168 \begin_inset space ~
45171 Output settings for the menu
45173 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45175 \begin_inset space ~
45181 For a detailed description see section
45183 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45188 \begin_inset space ~
45196 \begin_layout Description
45198 \begin_inset space ~
45202 \begin_inset space ~
45205 Options settings for the export format
45213 \begin_inset space ~
45218 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45219 \begin_inset space ~
45222 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45226 \begin_inset space ~
45231 settings are described in detail in section
45233 Math Output in XHTML
45238 \begin_inset space ~
45244 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45247 \begin_layout Section
45252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45262 \begin_layout Standard
45263 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45264 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45265 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45266 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45270 \begin_layout Standard
45271 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45272 \begin_inset space ~
45276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45278 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45285 \begin_layout Chapter
45291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45293 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45298 \begin_inset Index idx
45301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45310 \begin_layout Standard
45311 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45313 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45317 It has the following submenus.
45320 \begin_layout Section
45324 \begin_layout Subsection
45328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45329 User Interface File
45330 \begin_inset Index idx
45333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45334 Customization ! of toolbars
45340 \begin_inset Index idx
45343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45344 Customization ! of menus
45352 \begin_layout Standard
45353 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45354 interface (ui) file.
45355 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45356 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45365 Both files are loaded by the
45370 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45371 files and edit the entries.
45374 \begin_layout Standard
45375 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45387 entries must be finished with an explicit
45412 and in the case of the
45413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45425 The syntax for the entries is:
45428 \begin_layout Standard
45429 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45457 \begin_layout Standard
45459 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45462 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45464 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45466 \begin_inset space ~
45474 \begin_layout Standard
45475 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45481 \begin_layout Standard
45482 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45484 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45487 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45491 \begin_layout Standard
45492 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45516 \begin_layout Standard
45518 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45529 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45536 \begin_layout Standard
45537 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45538 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45539 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45542 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45553 \begin_layout Standard
45556 Enable tool tips in main work area
45558 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45566 \begin_layout Standard
45569 Restore window layouts and geometries
45571 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45572 in the last LyX session.
45575 \begin_layout Standard
45578 Restore cursor positions
45580 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45584 \begin_layout Standard
45587 Load opened files from last session
45589 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45592 \begin_layout Standard
45595 Clear all session information
45597 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45598 of last opened documents, etc.).
45601 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45605 name "sub:Backup documents"
45610 \begin_inset Index idx
45613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45622 \begin_layout Standard
45625 Backup original documents when saving
45627 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45628 it was saved the last time.
45629 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45632 \begin_inset space ~
45638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45640 reference "sec:Paths"
45645 The backup file has the file extension
45646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45660 \begin_layout Standard
45663 Backup documents, every
45665 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45668 \begin_layout Standard
45671 Save documents compressed by default
45673 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45676 \begin_layout Standard
45681 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45686 \begin_inset space ~
45694 \begin_layout Standard
45697 Open documents in tabs
45699 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45703 \begin_layout Standard
45708 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45714 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45720 reference "sec:Paths"
45724 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45730 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45732 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45735 \begin_layout Standard
45738 Single close-tab button
45740 there will only be one button (
45743 \begin_inset Graphics
45744 filename ../images/closetab.png
45751 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45752 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45755 \begin_layout Standard
45756 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45764 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45772 \begin_layout Subsection
45774 \begin_inset Index idx
45777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45786 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45793 \begin_layout Standard
45794 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45797 \begin_layout Standard
45798 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45806 This section only deals with the fonts
45811 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45815 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45826 \begin_layout Standard
45827 By default, LyX uses
45831 as roman (serif) font,
45839 (depends on the system) as
45842 \begin_inset space ~
45858 \begin_layout Standard
45859 You can change the font size with the
45866 \begin_layout Standard
45871 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45876 points have the size of 1
45877 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45881 \begin_inset space ~
45885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45887 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45892 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45893 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45897 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45898 \begin_inset space ~
45902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45904 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45911 \begin_layout Standard
45914 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45916 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45917 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45918 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45919 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45921 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45922 \begin_inset space ~
45928 \begin_layout Subsection
45930 \begin_inset Index idx
45933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45940 \begin_inset Index idx
45943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45952 \begin_layout Standard
45953 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
45954 Choose an item in the list and use the
45961 \begin_layout Standard
45962 By using the option
45966 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45969 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45970 \begin_inset space ~
45974 \begin_inset space ~
45979 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45982 \begin_layout Subsection
45984 \begin_inset Index idx
45987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45996 \begin_layout Standard
45997 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
46000 \begin_layout Standard
46005 enables previewing snippets of your document.
46006 This feature is described in section
46007 \begin_inset space ~
46011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46013 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
46020 \begin_layout Standard
46024 \begin_inset space ~
46028 \begin_inset space ~
46032 \begin_inset space ~
46037 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
46040 \begin_layout Section
46042 \begin_inset Index idx
46045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46054 \begin_layout Subsection
46058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46062 \begin_layout Standard
46065 Cursor follows scrollbar
46067 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46071 \begin_layout Standard
46072 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46073 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46074 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46077 \begin_layout Standard
46080 Scroll below end of document
46082 is self-explanatory.
46085 \begin_layout Standard
46086 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46093 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46095 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46096 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46099 \begin_layout Standard
46102 Sort environments alphabetically
46104 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46107 \begin_layout Standard
46110 Group environments by their category
46112 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46115 \begin_layout Standard
46116 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46128 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46132 \begin_layout Standard
46133 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46138 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46139 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46143 \begin_layout Subsection
46145 \begin_inset Index idx
46148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46155 \begin_inset Index idx
46158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46159 Settings ! Shortcuts
46167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46171 \begin_layout Standard
46172 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46173 Several binding files are available:
46176 \begin_layout Description
46177 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46180 \begin_layout Description
46181 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46192 \begin_layout Description
46193 mac.bind set of bindings for
46196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46204 \begin_layout Standard
46205 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46209 , and bind files for special languages.
46210 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46215 \begin_inset space \space{}
46219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46227 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46231 \begin_layout Standard
46232 Some bind-files, like
46236 , have only a small scope.
46237 When looking at the end of the file
46241 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46244 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46248 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46253 \begin_inset Index idx
46256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46257 Key Bindings ! Editing
46265 \begin_layout Standard
46266 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46267 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46268 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46271 Show key-bindings containing
46274 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46275 Insert there for example as keyword
46276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46283 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46293 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46294 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46298 that you will find in the
46305 \begin_layout Standard
46307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46311 \begin_inset space \space{}
46322 , select the function and press the
46327 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46328 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46329 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46330 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46331 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46333 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46335 The binding for the function
46339 is an example of this.
46342 \begin_layout Standard
46343 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46345 The syntax of the entries is:
46348 \begin_layout Standard
46354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46372 \begin_layout Subsection
46374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46376 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46381 \begin_inset Index idx
46384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46391 \begin_inset Index idx
46394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46395 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46403 \begin_layout Standard
46404 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46405 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46411 \begin_inset space \space{}
46414 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46415 can use the keyboard map file named
46422 \begin_layout Standard
46423 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46431 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46439 \begin_layout Standard
46440 You can furthermore specify here the
46442 Wheel scrolling speed
46445 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46449 \begin_layout Standard
46454 you can select a key for zooming.
46455 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46458 \begin_layout Subsection
46462 \begin_layout Standard
46463 Input completion is described in sec.
46464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46470 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46477 \begin_layout Section
46479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46486 \begin_inset Index idx
46489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46496 \begin_inset Index idx
46499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46508 \begin_layout Description
46510 \begin_inset space ~
46513 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46514 It is the default when you
46525 \begin_inset space ~
46533 \begin_layout Description
46535 \begin_inset space ~
46538 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46540 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46542 \begin_inset space ~
46546 \begin_inset space ~
46554 \begin_layout Description
46556 \begin_inset space ~
46559 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46565 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46569 \begin_inset Newline newline
46573 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46585 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46593 \begin_layout Description
46595 \begin_inset space ~
46599 \begin_inset Index idx
46602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46608 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46609 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46610 \begin_inset space ~
46614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46616 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46624 will be used to save the backups.
46625 \begin_inset Newline newline
46628 Backup files have the ending
46629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46639 \begin_layout Description
46644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46652 \begin_inset space ~
46655 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46656 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46657 \begin_inset Newline newline
46664 You add a BibTeX-database
46669 You can edit this file with the program
46678 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46681 \begin_inset space ~
46687 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46692 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46693 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46699 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46700 \begin_inset Newline newline
46703 The pipe is also used for the
46708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46714 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46719 \begin_inset Newline newline
46722 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46723 \begin_inset Newline newline
46739 \begin_layout Description
46741 \begin_inset space ~
46744 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46747 \begin_layout Description
46749 \begin_inset space ~
46752 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46753 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46754 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46757 \begin_layout Description
46759 \begin_inset space ~
46762 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46768 You only need to specify it if you are using
46772 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46778 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46782 \begin_layout Description
46784 \begin_inset space ~
46787 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46788 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46789 to find it on the system.
46790 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46791 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46800 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46801 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46804 \begin_layout Description
46806 \begin_inset space ~
46809 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46810 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code.
46811 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46813 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46814 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46815 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46816 scanned for the input files.
46817 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46818 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46819 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46820 on may fail for some documents.
46823 \begin_layout Section
46827 \begin_layout Standard
46828 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46829 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46831 \begin_inset space ~
46835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46837 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46841 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46844 \begin_layout Section
46846 \begin_inset Index idx
46849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46850 Language ! Settings
46856 \begin_inset Index idx
46859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46860 Settings ! Language
46868 \begin_layout Subsection
46870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46872 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46879 \begin_layout Description
46881 \begin_inset space ~
46885 \begin_inset space ~
46888 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46889 You find the actual translation status here:
46890 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46892 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46899 \begin_layout Description
46901 \begin_inset space ~
46904 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46906 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46907 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46924 The most widespread language package is
46929 \begin_inset Index idx
46932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46933 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46938 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46939 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46940 alternative language package
46945 \begin_inset Index idx
46948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46949 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46954 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46955 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46957 The available selections are described in sec.
46958 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46964 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46971 \begin_layout Description
46973 \begin_inset space ~
46976 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46977 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46978 An example is the start command
46984 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46989 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47004 selectlanguage{$$lang}
47009 \begin_layout Description
47011 \begin_inset space ~
47019 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
47020 command toggles the package on and off.
47023 \begin_layout Description
47025 \begin_inset space ~
47029 \begin_inset space ~
47032 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
47036 \begin_layout Description
47038 \begin_inset space ~
47042 \begin_inset space ~
47045 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47046 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47047 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47048 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47055 \begin_layout Description
47057 \begin_inset space ~
47060 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47062 When this option is not set, the
47065 \begin_inset space ~
47070 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47071 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47074 \begin_inset space ~
47082 \begin_layout Description
47084 \begin_inset space ~
47090 \begin_inset space ~
47096 When it is not set, the
47099 \begin_inset space ~
47104 is set to the end of the document.
47107 \begin_layout Description
47109 \begin_inset space ~
47113 \begin_inset space ~
47116 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47117 language will be underlined in blue.
47120 \begin_layout Description
47122 \begin_inset space ~
47126 \begin_inset space ~
47129 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47130 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47133 \begin_layout Description
47135 \begin_inset space ~
47138 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47139 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47140 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47141 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47144 \begin_layout Subsection
47148 \begin_layout Standard
47149 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47150 \begin_inset space ~
47154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47156 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47163 \begin_layout Section
47167 \begin_layout Subsection
47171 \begin_layout Description
47173 \begin_inset space ~
47177 \begin_inset space ~
47180 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47183 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47184 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47186 \begin_inset space ~
47192 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47196 \begin_layout Description
47198 \begin_inset space ~
47202 \begin_inset Index idx
47205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47212 \begin_inset Index idx
47215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47216 Settings ! Date format
47221 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47222 \begin_inset Newline newline
47226 \begin_inset Flex URL
47229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47231 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47237 \begin_inset Newline newline
47240 For example the format
47241 \begin_inset Newline newline
47245 \begin_inset Newline newline
47248 prints the date as day/month/year.
47251 \begin_layout Description
47253 \begin_inset space ~
47257 \begin_inset space ~
47260 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47263 \begin_layout Description
47265 \begin_inset space ~
47268 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47270 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47272 \begin_inset space ~
47278 For a detailed description see section
47280 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47285 \begin_inset space ~
47293 \begin_layout Subsection
47295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47302 \begin_inset Index idx
47305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47312 \begin_inset Index idx
47315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47324 \begin_layout Description
47326 \begin_inset space ~
47329 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47330 The name will be used when the
47335 \begin_inset Newline newline
47339 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47347 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47355 \begin_layout Description
47357 \begin_inset space ~
47360 command is the command LyX
47361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47368 LaTeX uses for printing.
47376 \begin_layout Description
47378 \begin_inset space ~
47382 \begin_inset space ~
47385 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47386 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47387 of the program that provides the
47394 \begin_layout Description
47396 \begin_inset space ~
47400 \begin_inset space ~
47404 \begin_inset space ~
47407 printer This option works only for the
47412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47424 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47425 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47428 \begin_layout Subsection
47433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47443 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47448 \begin_inset Index idx
47451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47460 \begin_layout Description
47462 \begin_inset space ~
47469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47477 \begin_inset space ~
47481 \begin_inset space ~
47484 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47489 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47510 are used for Cyrillic.
47511 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47524 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47525 LyX sets up in the background.
47526 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47529 \begin_layout Description
47531 \begin_inset space ~
47535 \begin_inset space ~
47538 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47543 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47546 \begin_layout Description
47548 \begin_inset space ~
47552 \begin_inset space ~
47556 \begin_inset space ~
47560 \begin_inset space ~
47563 options They only have an effect when the program
47567 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47570 \begin_layout Standard
47571 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47572 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47573 manuals of the applications.
47576 \begin_layout Description
47578 \begin_inset space ~
47581 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47582 \begin_inset space ~
47586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47588 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47595 \begin_layout Description
47597 \begin_inset space ~
47600 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47601 \begin_inset space ~
47605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47607 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47614 \begin_layout Description
47616 \begin_inset space ~
47619 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47620 \begin_inset space ~
47624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47626 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47633 \begin_layout Description
47638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47646 \begin_inset space ~
47649 command Command for the program
47653 that is described in the section
47659 Additional Features
47664 \begin_layout Standard
47665 There are additionally the following options:
47668 \begin_layout Description
47670 \begin_inset space ~
47674 \begin_inset space ~
47678 \begin_inset space ~
47682 \begin_inset space ~
47686 \begin_inset space ~
47689 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47707 to separate folders.
47708 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47709 \begin_inset Index idx
47712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47719 \begin_inset Index idx
47722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47731 \begin_layout Description
47733 \begin_inset space ~
47737 \begin_inset space ~
47741 \begin_inset space ~
47745 \begin_inset space ~
47749 \begin_inset space ~
47753 \begin_inset space ~
47756 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47758 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47761 dialog when changing the document class.
47764 \begin_layout Section
47766 \begin_inset space ~
47770 \begin_inset Index idx
47773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47782 \begin_layout Subsection
47784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47786 name "sub:Converters"
47791 \begin_inset Index idx
47794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47803 \begin_layout Standard
47804 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47805 from one format to another.
47806 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47807 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47814 \begin_inset space ~
47824 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47828 \begin_inset space ~
47833 drop-down list, modify the
47837 field and press the
47844 \begin_layout Standard
47847 Converter File Cache
47849 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47852 Maximum Age (in days
47855 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47856 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47859 \begin_layout Standard
47860 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47861 definition, is described in the section
47872 \begin_layout Subsection
47874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47876 name "sec:File-Formats"
47881 \begin_inset Index idx
47884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47891 \begin_inset Index idx
47894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47903 \begin_layout Standard
47904 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47905 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47909 \begin_layout Standard
47910 Furthermore, you can define the
47912 Default output format
47914 that is used when you use
47916 View, Update, View Master Document
47920 Update Master Document
47926 menu or the toolbar.
47929 \begin_layout Standard
47930 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47941 \begin_layout Standard
47942 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47943 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47944 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
47945 This is done by specifying a
47950 More about this is described in the section
47961 \begin_layout Chapter
47962 Units available in LyX
47963 \begin_inset Index idx
47966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47975 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47982 \begin_layout Standard
47983 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47986 reference "cap:Units"
47990 explains all units available in LyX.
47993 \begin_layout Standard
47994 \begin_inset Float table
48000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48001 \begin_inset Caption
48003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48019 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
48025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48027 \begin_inset Tabular
48028 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
48029 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
48030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48182 scaled point (65536
48183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48243 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48298 % of original image width
48305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48512 \begin_layout Chapter
48514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48523 \begin_layout Standard
48524 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48525 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48528 \begin_layout Itemize
48531 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48534 \begin_layout Itemize
48540 \begin_layout Itemize
48546 \begin_layout Itemize
48552 \begin_layout Itemize
48558 \begin_layout Itemize
48564 \begin_layout Itemize
48570 \begin_layout Itemize
48576 \begin_layout Itemize
48579 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48582 \begin_layout Itemize
48588 \begin_layout Itemize
48594 \begin_layout Itemize
48600 \begin_layout Itemize
48606 \begin_layout Itemize
48612 \begin_layout Itemize
48618 \begin_layout Itemize
48624 \begin_layout Itemize
48630 \begin_layout Itemize
48632 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48641 \begin_layout Standard
48642 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48645 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48652 \begin_layout Bibliography
48653 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48654 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48655 LatexCommand bibitem
48662 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48665 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48670 \begin_inset Newline newline
48674 \begin_inset Flex URL
48677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48679 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48687 \begin_layout Bibliography
48688 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48689 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48690 LatexCommand bibitem
48691 key "latexcompanion"
48695 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48697 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48700 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48703 \begin_layout Bibliography
48704 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48705 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48706 LatexCommand bibitem
48711 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48714 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48717 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48720 \begin_layout Bibliography
48721 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48722 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48723 LatexCommand bibitem
48730 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48733 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48736 \begin_layout Bibliography
48737 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48738 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48739 LatexCommand bibitem
48751 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48754 \begin_layout Bibliography
48755 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48756 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48757 LatexCommand bibitem
48763 \begin_inset Newline newline
48767 \begin_inset Flex URL
48770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48772 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48780 \begin_layout Bibliography
48781 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48782 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48783 LatexCommand bibitem
48789 \begin_inset Newline newline
48793 \begin_inset Flex URL
48796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48798 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48806 \begin_layout Bibliography
48807 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48808 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48809 LatexCommand bibitem
48815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48817 name "Documentation"
48818 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48827 \begin_inset Newline newline
48831 \begin_inset Flex URL
48834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48836 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48844 \begin_layout Bibliography
48845 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48846 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48847 LatexCommand bibitem
48853 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48855 name "Documentation"
48856 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48860 how to use the program
48865 \begin_inset Newline newline
48869 \begin_inset Flex URL
48872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48874 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48882 \begin_layout Bibliography
48883 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48884 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48885 LatexCommand bibitem
48891 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48893 name "Documentation"
48894 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48903 \begin_inset Newline newline
48907 \begin_inset Flex URL
48910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48912 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48920 \begin_layout Bibliography
48921 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48922 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48923 LatexCommand bibitem
48929 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48931 name "Documentation"
48932 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48941 \begin_inset Newline newline
48945 \begin_inset Flex URL
48948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48950 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48958 \begin_layout Bibliography
48959 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48960 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48961 LatexCommand bibitem
48967 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48969 name "Documentation"
48970 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48974 of the LaTeX-package
48979 \begin_inset Index idx
48982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48983 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48989 \begin_inset Newline newline
48993 \begin_inset Flex URL
48996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48998 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
49006 \begin_layout Bibliography
49007 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49008 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49009 LatexCommand bibitem
49015 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49017 name "Documentation"
49018 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
49022 of the LaTeX-package
49027 \begin_inset Index idx
49030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49031 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
49037 \begin_inset Newline newline
49041 \begin_inset Flex URL
49044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49046 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49054 \begin_layout Bibliography
49055 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49056 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49057 LatexCommand bibitem
49063 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49065 name "Documentation"
49066 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49070 of the LaTeX-package
49075 \begin_inset Index idx
49078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49079 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49085 \begin_inset Newline newline
49089 \begin_inset Flex URL
49092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49094 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49102 \begin_layout Bibliography
49103 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49104 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49105 LatexCommand bibitem
49113 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49115 name "Documentation"
49116 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49122 of the LaTeX-package
49127 \begin_inset Index idx
49130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49131 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49137 \begin_inset Newline newline
49141 \begin_inset Flex URL
49144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49146 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49154 \begin_layout Bibliography
49155 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49156 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49157 LatexCommand bibitem
49163 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49165 name "Documentation"
49166 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49170 of the LaTeX-package
49175 \begin_inset Index idx
49178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49179 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49185 \begin_inset Newline newline
49189 \begin_inset Flex URL
49192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49194 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49202 \begin_layout Bibliography
49203 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49204 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49205 LatexCommand bibitem
49211 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49213 name "Documentation"
49214 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49218 of the LaTeX-package
49223 \begin_inset Index idx
49226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49227 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49233 \begin_inset Newline newline
49237 \begin_inset Flex URL
49240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49242 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49250 \begin_layout Bibliography
49251 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49252 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49253 LatexCommand bibitem
49259 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49261 name "Documentation"
49262 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49266 of the LaTeX-package
49271 \begin_inset Index idx
49274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49275 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49281 \begin_inset Newline newline
49285 \begin_inset Flex URL
49288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49290 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49298 \begin_layout Bibliography
49299 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49300 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49301 LatexCommand bibitem
49307 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49309 name "Documentation"
49310 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49314 of the LaTeX-package
49319 \begin_inset Index idx
49322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49323 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49329 \begin_inset Newline newline
49333 \begin_inset Flex URL
49336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49338 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49346 \begin_layout Bibliography
49347 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49348 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49349 LatexCommand bibitem
49355 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49358 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49362 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49363 \begin_inset Newline newline
49367 \begin_inset Flex URL
49370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49372 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49380 \begin_layout Bibliography
49381 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49382 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49383 LatexCommand bibitem
49389 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49392 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49396 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49397 \begin_inset Newline newline
49401 \begin_inset Flex URL
49404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49406 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49414 \begin_layout Bibliography
49415 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49416 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49417 LatexCommand bibitem
49423 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49426 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49430 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49431 \begin_inset Newline newline
49435 \begin_inset Flex URL
49438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49440 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49448 \begin_layout Bibliography
49449 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49450 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49451 LatexCommand bibitem
49457 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49460 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49464 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49465 \begin_inset Newline newline
49469 \begin_inset Flex URL
49472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49474 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49482 \begin_layout Bibliography
49483 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49484 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49485 LatexCommand bibitem
49491 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49494 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49498 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49499 \begin_inset Newline newline
49503 \begin_inset Flex URL
49506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49508 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49516 \begin_layout Bibliography
49517 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49518 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49519 LatexCommand bibitem
49525 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49528 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49532 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49533 \begin_inset Newline newline
49537 \begin_inset Flex URL
49540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49542 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49550 \begin_layout Bibliography
49551 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49552 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49553 LatexCommand bibitem
49559 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49562 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49566 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49567 \begin_inset Newline newline
49571 \begin_inset Flex URL
49574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49576 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49584 \begin_layout Bibliography
49585 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49586 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49587 LatexCommand bibitem
49593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49596 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49600 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49601 \begin_inset Newline newline
49605 \begin_inset Flex URL
49608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49610 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49618 \begin_layout Bibliography
49619 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49620 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49621 LatexCommand bibitem
49627 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49630 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49634 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49635 \begin_inset Newline newline
49639 \begin_inset Flex URL
49642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49644 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49652 \begin_layout Bibliography
49653 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49654 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49655 LatexCommand bibitem
49661 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49664 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49668 about new features in
49673 \begin_inset Newline newline
49677 \begin_inset Flex URL
49680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49682 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49690 \begin_layout Standard
49691 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49725 \begin_inset Note Note
49728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49735 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49736 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49737 bibliography is the second one:
49745 \begin_layout Standard
49746 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49747 LatexCommand bibtex
49748 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49749 options "biblio/alphadin"
49756 \begin_layout Standard
49757 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49760 \begin_layout Standard
49761 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49762 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49768 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49769 LatexCommand printindex